Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 38583:10fd583eef97
*** empty log message ***
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 27 Jul 2001 08:41:35 +0000 |
parents | c867615c6a26 |
children | 42e75caf68ff |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
36392
88b90fa71d23
Check HAVE_TERM_H before including term.h.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36279
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 2001 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "charset.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 41 #include "frame.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef macintosh |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "macterm.h" |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif /* macintosh */ |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
79 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
80 | |
81 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. | |
25012 | 82 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
83 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
84 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
85 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 86 |
87 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
88 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
89 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
90 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
91 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
94 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
95 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
96 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
97 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
99 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
101 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
102 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 103 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
104 #endif | |
25012 | 105 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
106 | |
36392
88b90fa71d23
Check HAVE_TERM_H before including term.h.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36279
diff
changeset
|
107 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 108 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
109 #endif | |
25012 | 110 |
111 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
112 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
113 | |
114 struct dim | |
115 { | |
116 int width; | |
117 int height; | |
118 }; | |
119 | |
120 | |
121 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
122 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
123 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
124 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
125 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
126 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
127 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 128 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
129 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
130 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
131 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
132 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
133 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
134 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, struct dim, int, int *)); | |
135 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *, | |
136 struct dim)); | |
137 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); | |
138 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
139 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
140 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
141 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
142 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
143 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 144 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
145 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 146 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
147 #endif |
25012 | 148 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
149 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
150 struct window *)); | |
151 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
152 struct window *)); | |
153 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
154 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
155 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
156 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
158 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
159 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
160 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
161 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
162 int, int)); | |
163 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
164 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
165 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
166 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 167 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
168 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 169 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
170 int)); | |
171 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
172 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
173 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 174 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
175 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
176 #endif |
25012 | 177 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
178 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
179 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
180 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
181 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
182 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
183 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 184 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
185 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
186 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
187 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
188 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
189 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 190 |
191 | |
192 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
193 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
194 scrolling. */ | |
195 | |
196 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
197 |
554 | 198 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 199 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 200 |
764 | 201 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 202 |
25012 | 203 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 204 |
205 int display_completed; | |
206 | |
25012 | 207 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
208 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 209 |
210 int visible_bell; | |
211 | |
764 | 212 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 213 |
214 int inverse_video; | |
215 | |
216 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
217 | |
218 int baud_rate; | |
219 | |
25012 | 220 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
221 is running. */ | |
314 | 222 |
223 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
224 | |
225 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 226 |
314 | 227 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
228 | |
25012 | 229 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
230 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 231 |
232 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 233 as a character code. |
234 | |
235 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
236 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 237 |
238 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
239 | |
240 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
241 | |
242 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
243 | |
25012 | 244 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
245 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. positive means at end of | |
246 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ | |
247 | |
314 | 248 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
249 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
250 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 251 |
314 | 252 |
25012 | 253 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
254 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
255 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
256 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 257 |
258 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 259 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 260 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
261 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 262 |
263 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
264 | |
265 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
266 | |
267 FILE *termscript; | |
268 | |
269 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
270 | |
271 struct cm Wcm; | |
272 | |
273 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
274 | |
275 int delayed_size_change; | |
276 | |
277 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
278 | |
279 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
280 | |
281 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
282 | |
283 struct window *updated_window; | |
284 | |
285 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
286 | |
287 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
288 int updated_area; | |
289 | |
290 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
291 | |
292 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
293 | |
294 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
295 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
296 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
297 | |
298 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
299 | |
300 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
301 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
302 | |
303 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
304 int glyph_pool_count; | |
305 | |
306 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
307 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
308 | |
309 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
310 | |
311 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
312 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
313 | |
314 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
315 | |
316 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
317 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
318 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
319 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
320 loaded on demand. */ | |
321 | |
322 int fonts_changed_p; | |
323 | |
324 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. | |
325 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ | |
326 | |
327 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
328 | |
329 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
330 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
331 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
332 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
333 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 has been contructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 char *buf; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 ++history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 char *buf; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 ++history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
413 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
414 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 "Dump redisplay history to stderr.") |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 () |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
425 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
426 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
427 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
428 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
429 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
430 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
431 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
432 |
25012 | 433 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
434 | |
435 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->top)) | |
436 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->left)) | |
437 | |
438 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
439 | |
440 | |
441 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
442 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
443 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 444 |
445 void | |
446 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
447 char *from, *to; | |
448 int size; | |
449 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
450 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 451 return; |
452 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
453 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
454 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
455 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
456 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
457 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
458 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
459 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
460 else |
314 | 461 { |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
462 register char *endf = from + size; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
463 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 464 |
465 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
466 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
467 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
468 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
469 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
470 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 471 if (to - from < 64) |
472 { | |
473 do | |
474 *--endt = *--endf; | |
475 while (endf != from); | |
476 } | |
477 else | |
478 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
479 for (;;) |
314 | 480 { |
481 endt -= (to - from); | |
482 endf -= (to - from); | |
483 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
484 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
485 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
486 |
314 | 487 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
488 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
489 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
490 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 491 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
492 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 493 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
494 } | |
495 } | |
496 } | |
497 | |
25012 | 498 |
499 | |
500 /*********************************************************************** | |
501 Glyph Matrices | |
502 ***********************************************************************/ | |
503 | |
504 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
505 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
506 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
507 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
508 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
509 | |
510 struct glyph_matrix * | |
511 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
512 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
513 { | |
514 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
515 | |
516 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
517 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
518 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
519 | |
520 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
521 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
522 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
523 | |
524 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
525 result->pool = pool; | |
526 return result; | |
527 } | |
528 | |
529 | |
530 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
531 | |
532 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
533 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
534 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
535 pointer was passed to this function. | |
536 | |
537 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own | |
538 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
539 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
540 | |
541 static void | |
542 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
543 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
544 { | |
545 if (matrix) | |
546 { | |
547 int i; | |
548 | |
549 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
550 allocated. */ | |
551 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
552 abort (); | |
553 | |
554 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
555 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
556 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
557 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
558 | |
559 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ | |
560 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
561 xfree (matrix); | |
562 } | |
563 } | |
564 | |
565 | |
566 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
567 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
568 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
569 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
570 or a float. */ | |
571 | |
572 static int | |
573 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
574 struct window *w; | |
575 int total_glyphs; | |
576 Lisp_Object margin; | |
577 { | |
578 int n; | |
579 | |
580 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
581 { | |
582 int width = XFASTINT (w->width); | |
583 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); | |
584 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
585 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
586 } | |
587 else | |
588 n = 0; | |
589 | |
590 return n; | |
591 } | |
592 | |
593 | |
594 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
595 window sizes. | |
596 | |
597 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
598 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
599 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
600 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
601 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
602 | |
603 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
604 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
605 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
606 MATRIX->pool. | |
607 | |
608 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
609 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
610 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
611 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
612 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
613 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
614 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
615 | |
616 static void | |
617 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
618 struct window *w; | |
619 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
620 int x, y; | |
621 struct dim dim; | |
622 { | |
623 int i; | |
624 int new_rows; | |
625 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 626 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
627 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 628 int left = -1, right = -1; |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
629 int window_x, window_y, window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 630 |
631 /* See if W had a top line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ | |
632 if (w) | |
633 { | |
25546 | 634 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
635 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 636 } |
25546 | 637 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 638 |
639 /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas | |
640 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
641 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
642 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
643 { | |
644 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); | |
645 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_width); | |
646 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_width); | |
647 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
648 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
649 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
650 | |
651 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
652 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 653 && !header_line_changed_p |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
654 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
25012 | 655 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
656 && matrix->window_height == window_height | |
657 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
658 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
659 return; | |
660 } | |
661 | |
662 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ | |
663 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
664 { | |
665 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
666 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
667 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
668 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
669 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
670 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
671 } | |
672 else | |
673 new_rows = 0; | |
674 | |
675 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
676 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
677 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
678 if (matrix->pool) | |
679 { | |
680 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
681 | |
682 if (w) | |
683 { | |
684 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
685 w->left_margin_width); | |
686 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
687 w->right_margin_width); | |
688 } | |
689 else | |
690 left = right = 0; | |
691 | |
692 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) | |
693 { | |
694 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
695 | |
696 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
697 = (matrix->pool->glyphs | |
698 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
699 + x); | |
700 | |
701 if (w == NULL | |
702 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 703 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 704 { |
705 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
706 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
707 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
708 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
709 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
710 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
711 } | |
712 else | |
713 { | |
714 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
715 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
716 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
717 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
718 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
719 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
720 } | |
721 } | |
722 | |
723 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
724 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
725 } | |
726 else | |
727 { | |
728 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
729 its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
730 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
731 || new_rows | |
25546 | 732 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 733 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
734 { | |
735 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
736 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
737 | |
738 while (row < end) | |
739 { | |
740 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
741 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
742 (dim.width | |
743 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
744 | |
745 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ | |
746 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 747 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 748 { |
749 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
750 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
751 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
752 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
753 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
754 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
755 } | |
756 else | |
757 { | |
758 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
759 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
760 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
761 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
762 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
763 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
764 } | |
765 ++row; | |
766 } | |
767 } | |
768 | |
769 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
770 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
771 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
772 } | |
773 | |
774 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ | |
775 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
776 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 777 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
778 if (w) |
25012 | 779 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
780 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 781 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
782 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
783 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
784 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
785 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
786 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
787 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
788 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
789 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
790 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
791 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
792 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
793 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
794 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
795 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
796 && matrix->window_left_x == XFASTINT (w->left) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
797 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
798 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
799 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
800 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
801 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
802 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
803 { |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
804 ++i; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
805 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
806 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
807 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
808 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
809 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
810 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
811 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
812 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
25012 | 813 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
814 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
815 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
816 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
817 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
818 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
819 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
820 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
821 } |
25012 | 822 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
823 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 824 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
825 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
826 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
827 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
828 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 829 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
830 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
831 } | |
832 } | |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
833 |
25012 | 834 |
835 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ | |
836 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
837 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
838 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
839 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
840 | |
841 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
842 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
843 if (w) | |
844 { | |
34279
7ab25b4a077c
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't reuse a window's current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34203
diff
changeset
|
845 matrix->window_left_x = XFASTINT (w->left); |
25012 | 846 matrix->window_top_y = XFASTINT (w->top); |
847 matrix->window_height = window_height; | |
848 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
849 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
850 } | |
851 } | |
852 | |
853 | |
854 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
855 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
856 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
857 below). */ | |
314 | 858 |
859 static void | |
25012 | 860 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
861 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
862 int start, end; | |
314 | 863 { |
25012 | 864 int i, j; |
865 | |
866 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
867 { | |
868 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
869 initialization. */ | |
870 struct glyph_row temp; | |
871 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
872 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
873 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
874 } | |
314 | 875 } |
876 | |
25012 | 877 |
878 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
879 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
880 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
881 row structures are moved around). | |
882 | |
883 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
884 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
885 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
886 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
887 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
888 rotating right. */ | |
889 | |
890 void | |
891 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
892 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
893 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 894 { |
25012 | 895 if (by < 0) |
896 { | |
897 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
898 by = -by; | |
899 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
900 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
901 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
902 } | |
903 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 904 { |
25012 | 905 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
906 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
907 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
908 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 909 } |
25012 | 910 } |
911 | |
912 | |
913 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
914 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
915 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
916 | |
917 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
918 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 919 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
920 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
921 { | |
922 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
923 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
924 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
925 xassert (start <= end); | |
926 | |
927 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
928 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 929 } |
930 | |
931 | |
932 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
933 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
934 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
935 | |
936 void | |
937 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
938 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
939 int start, end; | |
940 int enabled_p; | |
941 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
942 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
943 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
944 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
945 |
25012 | 946 for (; start < end; ++start) |
947 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
948 } | |
949 | |
950 | |
951 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
952 | |
953 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
954 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
955 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
956 enabled_p flag. | |
957 | |
958 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
959 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
960 | |
961 void | |
962 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
963 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
964 { | |
965 if (matrix) | |
314 | 966 { |
25012 | 967 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
968 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 969 } |
970 } | |
25012 | 971 |
972 | |
973 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
974 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
975 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
976 | |
977 void | |
978 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
979 struct window *w; | |
980 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
981 int start, end, dy; | |
982 { | |
983 int min_y, max_y; | |
984 | |
985 xassert (start <= end); | |
986 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
987 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
988 | |
25546 | 989 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 990 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
991 | |
992 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
993 { | |
994 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
995 | |
996 row->y += dy; | |
997 | |
998 if (row->y < min_y) | |
999 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
1000 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
1001 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
1002 else | |
1003 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
1004 } | |
1005 } | |
1006 | |
1007 | |
1008 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
1009 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
1010 current matrix. */ | |
1011 | |
1012 void | |
1013 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
1014 register struct frame *f; | |
1015 { | |
1016 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
1017 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1018 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1019 | |
1020 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1021 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1022 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1023 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1024 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1025 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1026 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1027 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1028 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1029 |
1030 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1031 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1032 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1033 } | |
1034 | |
1035 | |
1036 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1037 |
21514 | 1038 void |
25012 | 1039 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1040 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1041 { |
25012 | 1042 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1043 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
1044 | |
1045 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1046 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1047 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1048 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1049 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1050 |
1051 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1052 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1053 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1054 } | |
1055 | |
1056 | |
1057 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1058 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1059 | |
1060 static void | |
1061 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1062 struct window *w; | |
1063 int desired_p; | |
1064 { | |
1065 while (w) | |
314 | 1066 { |
25012 | 1067 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1068 { | |
1069 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1070 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1071 } | |
1072 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1073 { |
25012 | 1074 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1075 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1076 } | |
1077 else | |
1078 { | |
1079 if (desired_p) | |
1080 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1081 else | |
314 | 1082 { |
25012 | 1083 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1084 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1085 } |
25012 | 1086 } |
1087 | |
1088 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1089 } | |
1090 } | |
1091 | |
1092 | |
1093 | |
1094 /*********************************************************************** | |
1095 Glyph Rows | |
1096 | |
1097 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1098 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1099 | |
1100 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1101 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1102 structure members. */ | |
1103 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1104 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1105 |
25012 | 1106 void |
1107 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1108 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1109 { | |
1110 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1111 | |
1112 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1113 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1114 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1115 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1116 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1117 | |
1118 /* Clear. */ | |
1119 *row = null_row; | |
1120 | |
1121 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1122 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1123 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1124 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1125 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1126 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1127 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1128 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1129 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1130 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1131 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1132 the code below If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1133 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1134 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1135 #endif |
25012 | 1136 } |
1137 | |
1138 | |
1139 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1140 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1141 | |
1142 void | |
1143 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1144 struct window *w; | |
1145 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1146 int y; | |
1147 { | |
1148 int min_y, max_y; | |
1149 | |
25546 | 1150 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
25012 | 1151 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
1152 | |
1153 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1154 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1155 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1156 row->height = row->phys_height = CANON_Y_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
25012 | 1157 |
1158 if (row->y < min_y) | |
1159 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
1160 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
1161 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
1162 else | |
1163 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
1164 | |
1165 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1166 } | |
1167 | |
1168 | |
1169 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1170 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1171 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1172 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1173 ends. */ | |
1174 | |
1175 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1176 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1177 struct glyph_row *row; |
1178 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1179 { | |
1180 int area, i; | |
1181 | |
1182 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1183 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1184 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1185 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1186 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1187 | |
1188 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1189 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1190 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1191 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1192 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1193 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1194 | |
1195 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1196 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1197 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1198 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1199 } | |
1200 | |
1201 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1202 #if 0 |
25012 | 1203 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1204 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1205 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1206 | |
1207 static void | |
1208 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1209 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1210 { | |
1211 int area; | |
1212 | |
1213 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1214 { | |
1215 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1216 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1217 | |
1218 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1219 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1220 | |
1221 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1222 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1223 | |
1224 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1225 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1226 | |
1227 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1228 { | |
1229 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1230 initialization. */ | |
1231 struct glyph temp; | |
1232 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1233 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1234 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1235 ++glyph_a; | |
1236 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1237 } |
1238 } | |
1239 } | |
25012 | 1240 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1241 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1242 |
1243 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1244 | |
1245 static INLINE void | |
1246 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1247 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1248 { | |
1249 int i; | |
1250 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1251 { | |
1252 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1253 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1254 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1255 } | |
1256 } | |
1257 | |
1258 | |
1259 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1260 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1261 | |
1262 INLINE void | |
1263 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1264 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1265 { | |
1266 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1267 | |
1268 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1269 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1270 | |
1271 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1272 *to = *from; | |
1273 | |
1274 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1275 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1276 } | |
1277 | |
1278 | |
1279 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1280 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1281 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1282 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1283 | |
1284 void | |
1285 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1286 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1287 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1288 { | |
1289 int area; | |
1290 | |
1291 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1292 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1293 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1294 | |
1295 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1296 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1297 if (from->used[area]) | |
1298 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], | |
1299 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
1300 | |
1301 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1302 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1303 } |
1304 | |
1305 | |
1306 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1307 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1308 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1309 a memory leak. */ | |
1310 | |
1311 static INLINE void | |
1312 assign_row (to, from) | |
1313 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1314 { | |
1315 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1316 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1317 } | |
1318 | |
1319 | |
1320 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1321 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1322 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1323 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1324 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1325 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1326 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1327 |
25012 | 1328 static int |
1329 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1330 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1331 { | |
1332 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1333 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1334 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1335 | |
1336 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1337 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1338 } | |
1339 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1340 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1341 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1342 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1343 |
25012 | 1344 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1345 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1346 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1347 | |
1348 static struct glyph_row * | |
1349 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1350 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1351 int row; | |
1352 { | |
1353 int i; | |
1354 | |
1355 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1356 | |
1357 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1358 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1359 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1360 break; | |
1361 | |
1362 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1363 } | |
1364 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1365 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1366 |
1367 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1368 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1369 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1370 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1371 | |
1372 void | |
1373 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1374 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1375 { | |
1376 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1377 { | |
1378 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1379 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1380 } | |
1381 } | |
1382 | |
1383 | |
1384 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1385 | |
1386 int | |
1387 line_hash_code (row) | |
1388 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1389 { | |
1390 int hash = 0; | |
1391 | |
1392 if (row->enabled_p) | |
1393 { | |
1394 if (row->inverse_p) | |
1395 { | |
1396 /* Give all highlighted lines the same hash code | |
1397 so as to encourage scrolling to leave them in place. */ | |
1398 hash = -1; | |
1399 } | |
1400 else | |
1401 { | |
1402 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1403 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1404 | |
1405 while (glyph < end) | |
1406 { | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1407 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1408 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
25012 | 1409 if (must_write_spaces) |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1410 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1411 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1412 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
25012 | 1413 ++glyph; |
1414 } | |
1415 | |
1416 if (hash == 0) | |
1417 hash = 1; | |
1418 } | |
1419 } | |
1420 | |
1421 return hash; | |
1422 } | |
1423 | |
1424 | |
1425 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS In MATRIX. The cost equals | |
1426 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is | |
1427 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1428 | |
1429 static unsigned int | |
1430 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1431 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1432 int vpos; | |
1433 { | |
1434 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1435 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1436 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1437 int len; | |
1438 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1439 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1440 | |
1441 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
1442 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
1443 { | |
1444 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1445 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1446 --end; |
1447 | |
1448 /* All blank line. */ | |
1449 if (end == beg) | |
1450 return 0; | |
1451 | |
1452 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1453 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1454 ++beg; | |
1455 } | |
1456 | |
1457 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1458 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1459 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1460 len = end - beg; | |
1461 else | |
1462 { | |
1463 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1464 in LEN. */ | |
1465 len = 0; | |
1466 while (beg < end) | |
1467 { | |
1468 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
1469 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1470 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1471 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1472 len += 1; |
1473 else | |
1474 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
1475 | |
1476 ++beg; | |
1477 } | |
1478 } | |
1479 | |
1480 return len; | |
1481 } | |
1482 | |
1483 | |
1484 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1485 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1486 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1487 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1488 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1489 |
1490 static INLINE int | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1491 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1492 struct window *w; |
1493 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1494 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1495 { |
1496 if (a == b) | |
1497 return 1; | |
1498 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1499 return 0; | |
1500 else | |
1501 { | |
1502 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1503 int area; | |
1504 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1505 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1506 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
25012 | 1508 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1509 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1510 { | |
1511 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1512 return 0; | |
1513 | |
1514 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1515 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1516 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1517 | |
1518 while (a_glyph < a_end | |
1519 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1520 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
1521 | |
1522 if (a_glyph != a_end) | |
1523 return 0; | |
1524 } | |
1525 | |
1526 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
1527 || a->inverse_p != b->inverse_p | |
1528 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
1529 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
1530 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
1531 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
1532 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1533 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1534 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1535 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1536 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1537 || a->x != b->x | |
1538 /* Different height. */ | |
1539 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1540 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1541 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1542 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1543 return 0; | |
1544 } | |
1545 | |
1546 return 1; | |
1547 } | |
1548 | |
1549 | |
314 | 1550 |
25012 | 1551 /*********************************************************************** |
1552 Glyph Pool | |
1553 | |
1554 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1555 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1556 | |
1557 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1558 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1559 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1560 | |
1561 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1562 new_glyph_pool () | |
1563 { | |
1564 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1565 | |
1566 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1567 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1568 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
1569 | |
1570 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ | |
1571 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
1572 | |
1573 return result; | |
1574 } | |
1575 | |
1576 | |
1577 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1578 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1579 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1580 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1581 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1582 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1583 | |
1584 static void | |
1585 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1586 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1587 { | |
1588 if (pool) | |
1589 { | |
1590 /* More freed than allocated? */ | |
1591 --glyph_pool_count; | |
1592 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1593 | |
1594 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1595 xfree (pool); | |
1596 } | |
1597 } | |
1598 | |
1599 | |
1600 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1601 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1602 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1603 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1604 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1605 | |
1606 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1607 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1608 | |
1609 static int | |
1610 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1611 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1612 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1613 { | |
1614 int needed; | |
1615 int changed_p; | |
1616 | |
1617 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1618 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1619 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1620 | |
1621 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1622 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1623 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1624 { | |
1625 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1626 | |
1627 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1628 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1629 else | |
1630 { | |
1631 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1632 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1633 } | |
1634 | |
1635 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1636 } | |
1637 | |
1638 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use then | |
1639 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines | |
1640 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1641 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1642 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1643 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
1644 | |
1645 return changed_p; | |
1646 } | |
1647 | |
1648 | |
1649 | |
1650 /*********************************************************************** | |
1651 Debug Code | |
1652 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1653 | |
1654 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1655 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1656 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1657 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1658 the debugger. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1659 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1660 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1661 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1662 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1663 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1664 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1665 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1666 |
25012 | 1667 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1668 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1669 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1670 MATRIX. */ | |
1671 | |
1672 void | |
1673 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1674 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1675 { | |
1676 int i, j; | |
1677 | |
1678 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1679 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1680 xassert (i == j | |
1681 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1682 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1683 } | |
1684 | |
1685 | |
1686 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1687 | |
1688 struct glyph_row * | |
1689 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1690 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1691 int row; | |
1692 { | |
1693 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1694 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1695 | |
1696 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1697 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1698 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1699 #if 0 |
25012 | 1700 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1701 #endif | |
1702 | |
1703 return matrix->rows + row; | |
1704 } | |
1705 | |
1706 | |
1707 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1708 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1709 nevertheless. */ | |
1710 | |
1711 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1712 window W. */ | |
1713 | |
1714 static void | |
1715 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1716 struct window *w; |
1717 { | |
25012 | 1718 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1719 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1720 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1721 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1722 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1723 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1724 int c; | |
1725 | |
1726 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ | |
1727 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1728 return; | |
1729 | |
1730 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1731 | |
1732 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1733 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1734 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1735 { | |
1736 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1737 | |
1738 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1739 last_text_row = row; | |
1740 | |
1741 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1742 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1743 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1744 | |
1745 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1746 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1747 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1748 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1749 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1750 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1751 | |
1752 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1753 of next row. */ | |
1754 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1755 { | |
1756 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1757 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1758 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1759 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1760 } | |
1761 row = next; | |
1762 } | |
1763 | |
1764 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1765 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1766 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1767 } | |
1768 | |
1769 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1770 | |
1771 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1772 | |
1773 | |
1774 | |
1775 /********************************************************************** | |
1776 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1777 **********************************************************************/ | |
1778 | |
1779 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1780 redisplay | |
1781 | |
1782 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1783 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1784 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1785 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1786 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1787 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1788 performed. | |
1789 | |
1790 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1791 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1792 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1793 | |
1794 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1795 | |
1796 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1797 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1798 | |
1799 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1800 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
1801 DIM_ONLY_P). | |
1802 | |
1803 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1804 function. | |
1805 | |
1806 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1807 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1808 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1809 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1810 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1811 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1812 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1813 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1814 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1815 | |
1816 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1817 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1818 necessary. | |
1819 | |
1820 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1821 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1822 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1823 windows in the sequence. | |
1824 | |
1825 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1826 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1827 | | | | | | |
1828 | | | | | |
1829 +---------+ | | result height | |
1830 | +---------+ | |
1831 | | | | |
1832 +----------+ --- | |
1833 | |
1834 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1835 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1836 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1837 | |
1838 |<---- result width -->| | |
1839 +---------+ --- | |
1840 | | | | |
1841 | | | | |
1842 +---------+--+ | | |
1843 | | | | |
1844 | | result height | |
1845 | | | |
1846 +------------+---------+ | | |
1847 | | | | |
1848 | | | | |
1849 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1850 | |
1851 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1852 allocated. */ | |
1853 | |
1854 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1855 | |
1856 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1857 size. */ | |
1858 | |
1859 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1860 | |
1861 static struct dim | |
1862 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1863 dim_only_p, window_change_flags) | |
1864 Lisp_Object window; | |
1865 int x, y; | |
1866 struct dim ch_dim; | |
1867 int dim_only_p; | |
1868 int *window_change_flags; | |
1869 { | |
1870 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1871 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1872 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1873 struct dim total; | |
1874 struct dim dim; | |
1875 struct window *w; | |
1876 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1877 | |
1878 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1879 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1880 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1881 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1882 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1883 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1884 in_horz_combination_p | |
1885 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1886 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1887 | |
1888 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
1889 do | |
1890 { | |
1891 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1892 | |
1893 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
1894 on whether this a combination or a leaf window. */ | |
1895 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
1896 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1897 dim_only_p, | |
1898 window_change_flags); | |
1899 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
1900 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
1901 dim_only_p, | |
1902 window_change_flags); | |
1903 else | |
1904 { | |
1905 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1906 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1907 { | |
1908 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1909 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1910 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1911 } | |
1912 | |
1913 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no | |
1914 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1915 dim.width = XINT (w->width); |
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1916 dim.height = XINT (w->height); |
25012 | 1917 |
1918 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1919 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1920 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1921 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1922 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1923 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1924 w->right_margin_width) | |
1925 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) | |
1926 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
1927 w->left_margin_width) | |
1928 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) | |
1929 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1930 | |
1931 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1932 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1933 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1934 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1935 necessary. */ | |
1936 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1937 { | |
1938 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1939 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1940 } | |
1941 } | |
1942 | |
1943 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1944 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1945 below W. */ | |
1946 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1947 x += dim.width; | |
1948 else | |
1949 y += dim.height; | |
1950 | |
1951 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1952 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1953 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1954 | |
1955 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1956 window = w->next; | |
1957 } | |
1958 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1959 | |
1960 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1961 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1962 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1963 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1964 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1965 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1966 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1967 { | |
1968 total.width = x - x0; | |
1969 total.height = hmax; | |
1970 } | |
1971 else | |
1972 { | |
1973 total.width = wmax; | |
1974 total.height = y - y0; | |
1975 } | |
1976 | |
1977 return total; | |
1978 } | |
1979 | |
1980 | |
1981 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the | |
1982 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
1983 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
1984 | |
1985 static void | |
1986 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim) | |
1987 struct window *w; | |
1988 struct dim ch_dim; | |
1989 { | |
1990 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
1991 | |
1992 while (w) | |
314 | 1993 { |
25012 | 1994 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
1995 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild), ch_dim); | |
1996 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
1997 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild), ch_dim); | |
1998 else | |
314 | 1999 { |
25012 | 2000 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
2001 int window_pixel_width = XFLOATINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
2002 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); | |
2003 struct dim dim; | |
2004 | |
2005 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
2006 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 2007 { |
25012 | 2008 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
2009 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 2010 } |
25012 | 2011 |
2012 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ | |
2013 dim.width = (((window_pixel_width + ch_dim.width - 1) | |
2014 / ch_dim.width) | |
2015 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ | |
2016 + 2 | |
2017 /* One partially visible column at the right | |
2018 edge of each marginal area. */ | |
2019 + 1 + 1); | |
2020 | |
2021 /* Compute number of glyph rows needed. */ | |
2022 dim.height = (((window_pixel_height + ch_dim.height - 1) | |
2023 / ch_dim.height) | |
2024 /* One partially visible line at the top and | |
2025 bottom of the window. */ | |
2026 + 2 | |
2027 /* 2 for top and mode line. */ | |
2028 + 2); | |
2029 | |
2030 /* Change matrices. */ | |
2031 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2032 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2033 } | |
2034 | |
2035 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2036 } | |
2037 } | |
2038 | |
2039 | |
2040 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2041 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2042 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2043 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2044 | |
2045 void | |
2046 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2047 struct frame *f; | |
2048 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2049 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2050 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2051 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2052 |
25012 | 2053 if (f) |
2054 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2055 else | |
2056 { | |
2057 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
2058 | |
2059 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) | |
2060 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2061 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2062 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2063 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2064 } |
2065 | |
2066 | |
2067 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
2068 | |
2069 To be called from init_display. | |
2070 | |
2071 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. | |
2072 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2073 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2074 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2075 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2076 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2077 | |
2078 static void | |
2079 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2080 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2081 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2082 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2083 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2084 int frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2085 int frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2086 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2087 |
2088 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
2089 XSETFASTINT (root->top, top_margin); | |
2090 XSETFASTINT (root->width, frame_width); | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2091 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_height - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2092 |
2093 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
2094 XSETFASTINT (mini->top, frame_height - 1); | |
2095 XSETFASTINT (mini->width, frame_width); | |
2096 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); | |
2097 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2098 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2099 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2100 } | |
2101 | |
2102 | |
2103 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2104 | |
2105 static void | |
2106 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2107 struct frame *f; | |
2108 { | |
2109 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2110 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2111 else | |
2112 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
2113 | |
2114 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for | |
2115 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2116 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2117 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2118 | |
2119 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2120 } | |
2121 | |
2122 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2123 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2124 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2125 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2126 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2127 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2128 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2129 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2130 struct window *w; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2132 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2133 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2134 w = XWINDOW (window); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2135 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2136 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2137 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2138 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2139 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2140 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2141 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2142 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2143 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2144 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2145 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2146 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2147 xassert (m->matrix_h == XFASTINT (w->height)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2148 xassert (m->matrix_w == XFASTINT (w->width)); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2149 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2150 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2151 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2152 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2153 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + XFASTINT (w->top); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2155 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2156 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2157 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2158 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2159 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2160 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2161 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2162 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2163 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2164 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2165 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2166 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2167 r->inverse_p = fr->inverse_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2168 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2169 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2170 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2171 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2172 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2173 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2175 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2176 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. '*/ |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2177 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2178 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2179 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2180 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2181 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2182 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2183 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2184 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2185 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2186 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2187 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2188 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2189 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2190 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2192 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2193 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2194 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2195 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2196 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2197 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2198 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2199 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2200 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2201 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2202 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2203 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2205 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2206 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2207 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2208 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2209 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2210 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2211 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2212 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2213 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2214 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2215 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2216 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2217 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2218 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2219 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2220 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2221 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2222 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2223 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2224 } |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2225 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2226 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2227 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2228 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2229 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2230 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2231 |
25012 | 2232 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2233 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2234 | |
2235 static void | |
2236 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2237 struct frame *f; | |
2238 { | |
2239 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2240 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2241 int pool_changed_p; | |
2242 int window_change_flags; | |
2243 int top_window_y; | |
2244 | |
2245 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2246 return; | |
2247 | |
2248 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
2249 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
2250 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2251 | |
2252 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2253 | |
2254 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2255 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2256 { | |
2257 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2258 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2259 } | |
2260 | |
2261 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2262 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2263 { | |
2264 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2265 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2266 } | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2267 |
25012 | 2268 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2269 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2270 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2271 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2272 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2273 matrix. */ | |
2274 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2275 matrix_dim | |
2276 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2277 0, top_window_y, | |
2278 ch_dim, 1, | |
2279 &window_change_flags); | |
2280 | |
2281 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2282 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2283 | |
2284 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2285 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2286 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2287 | |
2288 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if | |
2289 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ | |
2290 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2291 { | |
2292 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2293 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2294 0, top_window_y, ch_dim, 0, | |
2295 &window_change_flags); | |
2296 | |
2297 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2298 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2299 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
2300 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
2301 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
2302 | |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2303 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2304 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2305 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2306 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2307 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2308 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2309 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2310 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2311 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2312 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2313 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2314 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2315 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2316 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2317 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2318 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2319 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2320 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2321 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2322 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2323 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2324 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2325 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2326 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2327 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2328 } |
25012 | 2329 } |
2330 } | |
2331 | |
2332 | |
2333 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2334 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2335 | |
2336 static void | |
2337 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2338 struct frame *f; | |
2339 { | |
2340 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2341 struct window *w; | |
2342 | |
2343 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
2344 | |
2345 /* Get minimum sizes. */ | |
2346 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2347 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2348 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2349 #else | |
2350 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2351 #endif | |
2352 | |
2353 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ | |
2354 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), | |
2355 ch_dim); | |
2356 | |
2357 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2358 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
2359 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
2360 { | |
2361 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2362 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2363 { | |
2364 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2365 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2366 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2367 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2368 } | |
2369 else | |
2370 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2371 | |
2372 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2373 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
2374 XSETFASTINT (w->top, 0); | |
2375 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
2376 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2377 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); | |
2378 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
2379 } | |
2380 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2381 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2382 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2383 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2384 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2385 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2386 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2387 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2388 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2389 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2390 } | |
2391 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2392 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2393 |
2394 XSETFASTINT (w->top, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
2395 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2396 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 2397 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
2398 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
2399 } | |
2400 | |
2401 | |
2402 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. | |
2403 | |
2404 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2405 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2406 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2407 | |
2408 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2409 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2410 | |
2411 static void | |
2412 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2413 struct frame *f; | |
2414 { | |
2415 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2416 | |
2417 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2418 { | |
2419 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2420 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2421 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2422 } | |
2423 else | |
2424 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2425 } | |
2426 | |
2427 | |
2428 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2429 | |
2430 static void | |
2431 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2432 struct frame *f; | |
2433 { | |
2434 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2435 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2436 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2437 } | |
2438 | |
2439 | |
2440 | |
2441 /********************************************************************** | |
2442 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2443 **********************************************************************/ | |
2444 | |
2445 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2446 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2447 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2448 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2449 | |
2450 void | |
2451 free_glyphs (f) | |
2452 struct frame *f; | |
2453 { | |
2454 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2455 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2456 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2457 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2458 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2459 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
2460 | |
2461 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ | |
2462 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2463 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2464 | |
2465 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2466 glyph matrices. */ | |
2467 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2468 { | |
2469 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2470 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2471 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2472 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2473 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2474 } | |
2475 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2476 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2477 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2478 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2479 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2480 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2481 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2482 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2483 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2484 } |
2485 | |
2486 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2487 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2488 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2489 { | |
2490 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2491 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2492 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2493 } | |
2494 | |
2495 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2496 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2497 { | |
2498 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2499 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2500 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2501 } |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2502 |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2503 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2504 } |
2505 } | |
2506 | |
25012 | 2507 |
2508 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2509 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2510 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2511 | |
2512 void | |
2513 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2514 struct window *w; | |
2515 { | |
2516 while (w) | |
2517 { | |
2518 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2519 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2520 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2521 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2522 else | |
2523 { | |
2524 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2525 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2526 W. */ | |
2527 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2528 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2529 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2530 } | |
2531 | |
2532 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2533 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2534 } | |
2535 } | |
2536 | |
2537 | |
2538 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2539 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2540 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2541 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2542 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2543 void |
25012 | 2544 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2545 { |
25012 | 2546 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2547 | |
2548 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2549 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2550 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2551 | |
2552 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2553 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2554 abort (); | |
2555 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2556 abort (); | |
2557 } | |
2558 | |
2559 | |
2560 | |
2561 /********************************************************************** | |
2562 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2563 **********************************************************************/ | |
2564 | |
2565 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2566 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2567 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2568 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2569 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2570 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2571 window matrices in this section. | |
2572 | |
2573 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2574 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2575 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2576 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2577 | |
2578 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2579 | desired | desired | | |
2580 | | | | |
2581 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2582 | current | | |
2583 | | | |
2584 +----------------------------------+ | |
2585 | |
2586 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2587 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2588 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2589 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2590 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2591 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2592 | |
2593 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2594 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2595 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2596 enabled. | |
2597 | |
2598 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to | |
2599 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2600 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2601 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2602 | |
2603 This problem is solved like this: | |
2604 | |
2605 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2606 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2607 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2608 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2609 automatically. | |
2610 | |
2611 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are | |
2612 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2613 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2614 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2615 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2616 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2617 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2618 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2619 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2620 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2621 | |
2622 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2623 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2624 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2625 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2626 | |
2627 static void | |
2628 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2629 struct frame *f; | |
2630 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2631 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2632 |
25012 | 2633 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2634 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
2635 | |
2636 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. | |
2637 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2638 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2639 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2640 | |
2641 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2642 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2643 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2644 } | |
2645 | |
2646 | |
2647 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2648 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2649 | |
2650 static void | |
2651 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2652 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2653 struct window *w; | |
2654 { | |
2655 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2656 { |
25012 | 2657 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2658 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2659 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2660 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2661 else | |
2662 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2663 | |
2664 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2665 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2666 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2667 |
25012 | 2668 |
2669 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2670 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2671 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2672 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2673 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2674 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2675 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2676 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2677 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2678 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2679 | |
2680 static void | |
2681 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2682 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2683 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2684 { |
25012 | 2685 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2686 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2687 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2688 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2689 | |
2690 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2691 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2692 { | |
2693 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2694 | |
2695 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2696 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2697 { | |
2698 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2699 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2700 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2701 : '|'); | |
2702 } | |
2703 } | |
2704 else | |
2705 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2706 | |
2707 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2708 frame matrix. */ | |
2709 window_y = 0; | |
2710 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2711 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2712 { |
25012 | 2713 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2714 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2715 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2716 |
2717 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2718 window row. */ | |
2719 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2720 | |
2721 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2722 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2723 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2724 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2725 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2726 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2727 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2728 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2729 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2730 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2731 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2732 } |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2733 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2734 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2735 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2736 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2737 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2738 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2739 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2740 } | |
2741 else | |
2742 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2743 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2744 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2745 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2746 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2747 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2748 |
25012 | 2749 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2750 windows. */ | |
2751 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2752 { | |
2753 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2754 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2755 } | |
2756 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2757 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2758 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2759 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2760 |
25012 | 2761 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2762 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2763 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2764 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2765 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2766 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2767 #endif |
25012 | 2768 } |
2769 | |
2770 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2771 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2772 can be done simply. */ | |
2773 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
2774 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; | |
2775 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2776 /* Or in other flags. */ |
25012 | 2777 frame_row->inverse_p |= window_row->inverse_p; |
2778 | |
2779 /* Next row. */ | |
2780 ++window_y; | |
2781 ++frame_y; | |
2782 } | |
2783 } | |
2784 | |
2785 | |
2786 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2787 | |
2788 Each row has the form: | |
2789 | |
2790 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2791 | left | text | right | | |
2792 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2793 | |
2794 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2795 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2796 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2797 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2798 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2799 | |
2800 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2801 | |
2802 static void | |
2803 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2804 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2805 { | |
2806 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2807 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2808 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2809 } | |
2810 | |
2811 | |
2812 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2813 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2814 | |
2815 static void | |
2816 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2817 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2818 int area; | |
2819 { | |
2820 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2821 { | |
2822 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2823 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2824 | |
2825 while (text < end) | |
2826 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2827 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2828 } | |
2829 } | |
2830 | |
2831 | |
2832 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2833 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2834 | |
2835 static void | |
2836 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2837 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2838 int upto; | |
2839 { | |
2840 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2841 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2842 | |
2843 while (i < upto) | |
2844 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2845 | |
2846 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2847 } | |
2848 | |
2849 | |
2850 | |
2851 /********************************************************************** | |
2852 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2853 **********************************************************************/ | |
2854 | |
2855 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2856 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2857 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2858 | |
2859 static INLINE void | |
2860 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2861 struct frame *f; | |
2862 { | |
2863 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2864 } | |
2865 | |
2866 | |
2867 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2868 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2869 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2870 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2871 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2872 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2873 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2874 | |
2875 static INLINE void | |
2876 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2877 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2878 int row; | |
2879 { | |
2880 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2881 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2882 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2883 |
2884 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2885 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2886 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2887 | |
2888 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2889 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2890 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2891 |
2892 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2893 for window matrices. */ | |
2894 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2895 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2896 } | |
2897 | |
2898 | |
2899 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2900 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2901 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2902 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2903 | |
2904 static void | |
2905 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2906 struct window *w; | |
2907 int frame_row; | |
2908 { | |
2909 while (w) | |
2910 { | |
2911 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2912 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2913 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2914 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2915 else | |
2916 { | |
2917 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2918 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2919 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2920 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2921 | |
2922 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2923 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2924 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2925 { |
25012 | 2926 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2927 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2928 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2929 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2930 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2931 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2932 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2933 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2934 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2935 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2936 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2937 } |
25012 | 2938 |
2939 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2940 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2941 } |
25012 | 2942 |
2943 | |
2944 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2945 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2946 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2947 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2948 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2949 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2950 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2951 | |
2952 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
2953 | |
2954 void | |
2955 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2956 retained_p) | |
2957 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2958 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2959 int *copy_from; | |
2960 char *retained_p; | |
2961 { | |
2962 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2963 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2964 | |
2965 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2966 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
2967 | |
2968 int i; | |
2969 | |
2970 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2971 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2972 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2973 | |
2974 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2975 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2976 { | |
2977 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2978 | |
2979 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2980 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2981 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2982 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2983 | |
2984 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2985 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2986 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2987 } | |
2988 | |
2989 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX Is a frame matrix. */ | |
2990 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2991 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2992 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2993 } | |
2994 | |
2995 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2996 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2997 the current frame matrix. W must be full-width, and be on a tty |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2998 frame. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2999 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3000 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3001 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3002 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3003 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3004 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3005 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3006 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3007 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3008 must have a frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3009 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3010 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3011 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3012 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3013 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3014 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3015 corresponding frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3017 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3018 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3019 while (window_row < window_row_end) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3020 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3021 int area; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3022 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3023 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3024 window_row->glyphs[area] = frame_row->glyphs[area]; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3025 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3026 ++window_row, ++frame_row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3027 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3028 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3029 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3030 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3031 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3032 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3033 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3034 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3035 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3036 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3037 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3038 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3039 struct window *found = NULL; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3040 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3041 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3042 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3043 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3044 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3045 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3046 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3047 else if (row >= XFASTINT (w->top) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3048 && row < XFASTINT (w->top) + XFASTINT (w->height)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3049 found = w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3050 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3051 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3052 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3053 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3054 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3055 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3056 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3057 |
25012 | 3058 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3059 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3060 | |
3061 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3062 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3063 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3064 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3065 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3066 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3067 which is empty. */ | |
3068 | |
3069 static void | |
3070 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3071 struct window *w; | |
3072 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3073 int *copy_from; | |
3074 char *retained_p; | |
3075 { | |
3076 while (w) | |
3077 { | |
3078 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3079 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3080 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3081 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3082 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3083 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3084 else | |
3085 { | |
3086 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3087 matrix m. */ | |
3088 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3089 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3090 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3091 | |
3092 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3093 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3094 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3095 | |
3096 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3097 { | |
3098 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3099 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
3100 | |
3101 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ | |
3102 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
3103 | |
3104 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ | |
3105 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
3106 | |
3107 /* Window relative line assigned. */ | |
3108 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
3109 | |
3110 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ | |
3111 int from_inside_window_p | |
3112 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
3113 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3114 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3115 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3116 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3117 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3118 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3119 { |
3120 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3121 int enabled_before_p; | |
3122 | |
3123 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved | |
3124 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3125 that. */ | |
3126 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3127 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3128 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
3129 | |
3130 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ | |
3131 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3132 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3133 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3134 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3135 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3136 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3137 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3138 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3139 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3140 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3141 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3142 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3143 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3144 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3145 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3146 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3147 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3148 m2->rows + m2_from); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3149 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3150 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3151 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3152 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3153 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3154 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3155 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3156 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3157 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3158 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3159 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3160 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3161 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3162 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
25012 | 3163 |
3164 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ | |
3165 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3166 } | |
3167 | |
3168 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3169 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3170 } | |
3171 } | |
3172 | |
3173 | |
3174 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3175 | |
3176 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3177 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3178 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3179 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3180 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3181 |
21514 | 3182 void |
25012 | 3183 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3184 struct window *w; |
3185 { | |
25012 | 3186 while (w) |
3187 { | |
3188 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3189 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3190 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3191 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3192 else | |
3193 { | |
3194 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3195 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3196 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3197 } | |
3198 | |
3199 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3200 } | |
3201 } | |
3202 | |
3203 | |
3204 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3205 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3206 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3207 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3208 | |
3209 static void | |
3210 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3211 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3212 { | |
3213 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3214 int i = 0; | |
3215 | |
3216 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3217 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3218 | |
3219 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a | |
3220 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't | |
3221 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3222 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3223 { | |
3224 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3225 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3226 abort (); | |
3227 ++i, ++j; | |
3228 } | |
3229 } | |
3230 | |
3231 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3232 | |
3233 | |
3234 | |
3235 /********************************************************************** | |
3236 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3237 **********************************************************************/ | |
3238 | |
3239 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3240 | |
3241 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3242 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3243 | |
3244 static int | |
3245 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3246 struct window *w; | |
3247 int vpos; | |
3248 { | |
3249 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3250 | |
3251 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3252 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
3253 vpos += XFASTINT (w->top); | |
3254 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
3255 return vpos; | |
3256 } | |
3257 | |
3258 | |
3259 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
3260 a vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3261 | |
3262 static int | |
3263 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3264 struct window *w; | |
3265 int hpos; | |
3266 { | |
3267 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3268 | |
3269 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
3270 hpos += XFASTINT (w->left); | |
3271 return hpos; | |
314 | 3272 } |
25012 | 3273 |
3274 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ | |
3275 | |
3276 | |
314 | 3277 |
25012 | 3278 /********************************************************************** |
3279 Redrawing Frames | |
3280 **********************************************************************/ | |
3281 | |
3282 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
3283 "Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it.") | |
3284 (frame) | |
3285 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3286 { | |
3287 struct frame *f; | |
3288 | |
3289 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame, 0); | |
3290 f = XFRAME (frame); | |
3291 | |
3292 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3293 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3294 called so early here). */ | |
3295 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3296 return Qnil; | |
3297 | |
3298 update_begin (f); | |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3299 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
25012 | 3300 set_terminal_modes (); |
3301 clear_frame (); | |
3302 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3303 update_end (f); | |
3304 fflush (stdout); | |
3305 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
3306 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3307 its redisplay done. */ | |
3308 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3309 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3310 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3311 return Qnil; | |
3312 } | |
3313 | |
3314 | |
3315 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3316 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3317 | |
3318 void | |
3319 redraw_frame (f) | |
3320 struct frame *f; | |
3321 { | |
3322 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3323 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3324 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3325 } | |
3326 | |
3327 | |
3328 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
3329 "Clear and redisplay all visible frames.") | |
3330 () | |
3331 { | |
3332 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3333 | |
3334 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3335 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3336 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3337 | |
3338 return Qnil; | |
3339 } | |
3340 | |
3341 | |
3342 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3343 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3344 | |
3345 void | |
3346 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3347 { | |
3348 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3349 | |
3350 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3351 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3352 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3353 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3354 } | |
3355 | |
3356 | |
3357 | |
3358 /*********************************************************************** | |
3359 Direct Operations | |
3360 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3361 | |
3362 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3363 | |
3364 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3365 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3366 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3367 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3368 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3369 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3370 | |
3371 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3372 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3373 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3374 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3375 |
3376 int | |
3377 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3378 int g; | |
3379 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3380 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3381 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3382 struct it it, it2; | |
3383 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3384 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3385 int n; | |
3386 /* Non-null means that Redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ | |
3387 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); | |
3388 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3389 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3390 int added_width; | |
3391 struct text_pos pos; | |
3392 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3393 | |
3394 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3395 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3396 | |
3397 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3398 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3399 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3400 || fonts_changed_p | |
3401 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3402 || face_change_count | |
3403 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3404 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3405 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3406 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3407 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3408 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3409 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3410 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3411 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3412 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3413 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3414 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
3415 || (overwrite_p | |
3416 && PT != ZV | |
3417 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') | |
3418 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3419 || g == '\t' | |
3420 || g == '\n' | |
3421 || g == '\r' | |
3422 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3423 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
36279
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3424 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3425 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3426 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3427 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3428 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3429 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3430 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3431 (glyph_row->continued_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3432 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3433 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3434 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3435 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3436 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3437 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3438 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3439 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3440 return 0; | |
3441 | |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3442 /* If we can't insert glyphs, we can use this method only |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3443 at the end of a line. */ |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3444 if (!char_ins_del_ok) |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3445 if (PT != ZV && FETCH_BYTE (PT_BYTE) != '\n') |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3446 return 0; |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3447 |
25012 | 3448 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be |
3449 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3450 position. */ | |
3451 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3452 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3453 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3454 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3455 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3456 | |
3457 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3458 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3459 return 0; |
25012 | 3460 |
3461 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing | |
3462 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3463 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3464 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3465 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3466 { | |
3467 struct glyph *last; | |
3468 | |
3469 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3470 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3471 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3472 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3473 return 0; |
3474 } | |
3475 | |
3476 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3477 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3478 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3479 return 0; | |
3480 | |
3481 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
3482 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3483 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3484 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3485 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3486 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
3487 | |
3488 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3489 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
3490 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a | |
3491 combination of both. */ | |
3492 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3493 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3494 { | |
3495 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3496 | |
3497 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3498 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3499 return 0; | |
3500 | |
3501 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3502 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3503 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3504 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3505 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3506 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3507 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3508 return 0; | |
3509 | |
3510 delta += 1; | |
3511 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3512 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3513 } |
3514 | |
3515 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3516 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3517 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3518 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3519 return 0; |
3520 | |
25012 | 3521 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3522 it2 = it; | |
3523 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3524 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3525 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3526 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3527 { | |
3528 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3529 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3530 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3531 } |
3532 | |
3533 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3534 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3535 | |
3536 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3537 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3538 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3539 | |
3540 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3541 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3542 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3543 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3544 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3545 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3546 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
3547 | |
3548 /* Compute new line width. */ | |
3549 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3550 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3551 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3552 while (glyph < end) | |
3553 { | |
3554 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3555 ++glyph; | |
3556 } | |
3557 | |
3558 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly | |
3559 inserted ones. */ | |
3560 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3561 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3562 glyph->charpos += delta; |
3563 | |
3564 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) | |
3565 { | |
3566 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3567 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3568 } | |
3569 | |
3570 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3571 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3572 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3573 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3574 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3575 |
3576 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3577 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3578 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3579 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3580 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3581 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3582 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3583 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3584 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3585 | |
3586 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3587 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3588 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3589 and updated_row. */ | |
3590 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
3591 update_begin (f); | |
3592 if (rif) | |
3593 { | |
3594 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3595 | |
36115
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3596 if (glyphs == end - n |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3597 /* In front of a space added by append_space. */ |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3598 || (glyphs == end - n - 1 |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3599 && (end - n)->charpos <= 0)) |
25012 | 3600 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); |
3601 else | |
3602 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3603 } | |
3604 else | |
3605 { | |
3606 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3607 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3608 else | |
3609 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3610 } | |
3611 | |
3612 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3613 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3614 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3615 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3616 | |
3617 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3618 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3619 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3620 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3621 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3622 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3623 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3624 else | |
3625 { | |
3626 int x, y; | |
3627 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3628 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3629 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3630 : 0)); | |
3631 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3632 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3633 } | |
3634 | |
3635 if (rif) | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3636 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3637 update_end (f); |
3638 updated_row = NULL; | |
3639 fflush (stdout); | |
3640 | |
3641 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
3642 | |
25372
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3643 UNCHANGED_MODIFIED = MODIFF; |
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3644 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3645 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3646 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
3647 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, MODIFF); |
16195
e15e4bdcb8cc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set last_overlay_modified field in window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16051
diff
changeset
|
3648 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, OVERLAY_MODIFF); |
314 | 3649 |
25012 | 3650 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3651 return 1; |
3652 } | |
3653 | |
25012 | 3654 |
3655 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3656 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3657 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3658 | |
314 | 3659 int |
3660 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3661 int n; | |
3662 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3663 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3664 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3665 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3666 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3667 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3668 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3669 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3670 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3671 |
25012 | 3672 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3673 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3674 return 0; |
25012 | 3675 |
3676 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are | |
3677 displaying a message. */ | |
3678 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3679 return 0; | |
3680 | |
3681 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3682 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3683 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3684 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3685 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3686 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3687 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3688 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3689 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3690 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3691 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3692 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3693 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3694 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3695 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3696 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3697 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3698 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3699 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3700 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3701 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3702 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3703 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3704 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3705 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3706 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3707 |
25012 | 3708 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3709 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3710 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
25012 | 3711 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) |
3712 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row)) | |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3713 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3714 |
25012 | 3715 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3716 |
25012 | 3717 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3718 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3719 |
3720 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3721 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3722 | |
3723 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3724 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3725 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3726 else | |
3727 { | |
3728 int x, y; | |
3729 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
3730 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
3731 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
3732 : 0)); | |
3733 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3734 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3735 } | |
3736 | |
314 | 3737 fflush (stdout); |
25012 | 3738 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3739 return 1; |
3740 } | |
25012 | 3741 |
3742 | |
314 | 3743 |
25012 | 3744 /*********************************************************************** |
3745 Frame Update | |
3746 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3747 | |
3748 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3749 | |
3750 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3751 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3752 scrolling. | |
3753 | |
3754 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
314 | 3755 |
3756 int | |
25012 | 3757 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3758 struct frame *f; | |
3759 int force_p; | |
3760 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3761 { | |
3762 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3763 int paused_p; | |
3764 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3765 | |
3766 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3767 { | |
3768 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3769 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3770 | |
3771 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3772 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3773 | |
3774 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3775 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3776 update_begin (f); | |
3777 | |
3778 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3779 support. */ | |
3780 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3781 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3782 | |
3783 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3784 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3785 { |
3786 Lisp_Object tem; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3787 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3788 |
3789 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3790 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3791 { | |
3792 update_window (w, 1); | |
3793 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3794 | |
3795 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3796 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3797 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3798 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3799 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3800 } |
3801 } | |
3802 | |
3803 | |
3804 /* Update windows. */ | |
3805 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3806 update_end (f); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3807 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3808 #if 0 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3809 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway. */ |
25012 | 3810 rif->flush_display (f); |
3811 #endif | |
3812 } | |
3813 else | |
3814 { | |
3815 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3816 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3817 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3818 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3819 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3820 build_frame_matrix (f); |
3821 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3822 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3823 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3824 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3825 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3826 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3827 if (termscript) |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3828 fflush (termscript); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3829 fflush (stdout); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3830 |
25012 | 3831 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3832 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3833 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3834 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3835 #endif |
25012 | 3836 } |
3837 | |
3838 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3839 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3840 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3841 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3842 return paused_p; |
3843 } | |
3844 | |
3845 | |
3846 | |
3847 /************************************************************************ | |
3848 Window-based updates | |
3849 ************************************************************************/ | |
3850 | |
3851 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3852 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3853 | |
3854 static int | |
3855 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3856 struct window *w; | |
3857 int force_p; | |
3858 { | |
3859 int paused_p = 0; | |
3860 | |
3861 while (w && !paused_p) | |
3862 { | |
3863 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3864 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3865 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3866 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3867 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3868 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3869 | |
3870 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3871 } | |
3872 | |
3873 return paused_p; | |
3874 } | |
3875 | |
3876 | |
3877 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3878 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3879 | |
3880 void | |
3881 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3882 struct window *w; | |
3883 int force_p; | |
3884 { | |
3885 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3886 { | |
3887 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3888 | |
3889 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3890 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3891 | |
3892 /* Update W. */ | |
3893 update_begin (f); | |
3894 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3895 update_end (f); | |
3896 | |
3897 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3898 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3899 } | |
3900 } | |
3901 | |
3902 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3903 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3904 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3905 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3906 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3907 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3908 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3909 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3910 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3911 int i; |
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3912 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3913 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3914 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3915 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3916 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3917 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3918 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3919 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3920 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3921 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3922 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3923 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3924 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3925 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3926 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3927 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3928 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3929 enum glyph_row_area area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3930 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3931 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3932 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3933 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3934 updated_area = area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3935 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3936 if (row->used[area]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3937 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3938 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3939 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3940 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3941 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3942 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3943 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3944 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3945 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3946 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3947 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3948 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3949 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3950 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3951 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3953 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3954 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3955 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3957 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3958 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3959 struct glyph_row *row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3960 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3961 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3962 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3963 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3964 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3965 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3966 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3967 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3968 continue; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3969 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3970 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3971 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3972 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3973 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3974 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3975 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3976 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3977 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3978 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3979 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3980 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3981 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3982 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3983 /* Record in neighbor rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3984 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3985 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3986 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3987 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3988 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3989 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3990 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3991 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3992 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3993 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3994 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3995 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3996 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3997 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3998 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3999 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4000 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4001 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4002 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4003 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4004 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4005 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4006 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4007 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4008 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4009 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4010 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4011 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4012 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4013 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4014 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4015 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4016 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4017 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4018 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4019 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4020 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4021 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4022 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4023 |
25012 | 4024 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
4025 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
4026 | |
4027 static int | |
4028 update_window (w, force_p) | |
4029 struct window *w; | |
4030 int force_p; | |
4031 { | |
4032 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4033 int paused_p; | |
4034 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
4035 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4036 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4037 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4038 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
25012 | 4039 extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4040 #endif |
25012 | 4041 |
4042 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
4043 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4044 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
4045 | |
4046 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
4047 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
4048 force_p = 1; | |
4049 else | |
4050 detect_input_pending (); | |
4051 | |
4052 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
4053 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4054 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 4055 { |
4056 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
4057 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4058 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4059 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 4060 |
4061 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
4062 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4063 | |
4064 /* If window has a top line, update it before everything else. | |
4065 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the top line height. */ | |
4066 row = desired_matrix->rows; | |
4067 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4068 |
25012 | 4069 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4070 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4071 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4072 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4073 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4074 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4075 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 4076 |
4077 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
4078 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
4079 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
4080 { | |
4081 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
4082 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4083 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4084 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4085 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4086 } |
4087 | |
4088 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
4089 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
4090 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
4091 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
4092 ++row; | |
4093 | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4094 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 4095 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4096 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4097 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4098 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4099 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4100 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4101 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4102 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4103 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4104 else if (rc > 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4105 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4106 force_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4107 changed_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4108 } |
25012 | 4109 |
4110 /* Update the top mode line after scrolling because a new top | |
4111 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window | |
4112 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 4113 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4114 { |
25546 | 4115 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4116 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4117 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4118 } |
4119 | |
4120 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4121 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
4122 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4123 { |
4124 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
4125 int i; | |
4126 | |
4127 /* We'll Have to play a little bit with when to | |
4128 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, | |
4129 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
4130 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4131 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 4132 detect_input_pending (); |
4133 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4134 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4135 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4136 |
4137 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
4138 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
4139 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
4140 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
4141 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
4142 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
4143 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
4144 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
4145 in the first redisplay. */ | |
4146 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
4147 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
4148 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4149 } | |
4150 | |
4151 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
4152 paused_p = row < end; | |
4153 | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4154 set_cursor: |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4155 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4156 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping(overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 4157 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
4158 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4159 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4160 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4161 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4162 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4163 } |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4164 |
25012 | 4165 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
4166 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
4167 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4168 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4169 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 4170 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
4171 #endif | |
4172 } | |
4173 | |
4174 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
4175 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
4176 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
4177 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4178 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4179 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4180 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4181 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4182 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4183 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4184 } |
4185 else | |
4186 paused_p = 1; | |
4187 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4188 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4189 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4190 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4191 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4192 |
25012 | 4193 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4194 |
25012 | 4195 return paused_p; |
4196 } | |
4197 | |
4198 | |
4199 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4200 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4201 | |
4202 static void | |
4203 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4204 struct window *w; | |
4205 int area, vpos; | |
4206 { | |
4207 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
4208 | |
4209 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4210 will be relative to. */ | |
4211 updated_area = area; | |
4212 | |
4213 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4214 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4215 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4216 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4217 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4218 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4219 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4220 } | |
4221 | |
4222 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4223 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4224 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4225 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4226 static int |
25012 | 4227 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4228 struct window *w; | |
4229 int vpos; | |
314 | 4230 { |
25012 | 4231 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4232 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4233 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4234 |
4235 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4236 will be relative to. */ | |
4237 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
4238 | |
4239 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, | |
4240 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4241 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4242 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4243 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4244 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4245 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4246 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4247 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4248 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4249 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4250 { | |
4251 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
4252 | |
4253 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4254 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4255 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4256 | |
4257 /* Clear to end of window. */ | |
4258 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4259 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4260 } |
4261 else | |
4262 { | |
4263 int stop, i, x; | |
4264 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4265 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4266 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4267 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4268 |
25012 | 4269 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, |
4270 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4271 extension actually takes place. */ | |
35269 | 4272 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4273 --desired_stop_pos; |
25012 | 4274 |
4275 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); | |
4276 i = 0; | |
4277 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4278 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4279 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4280 in common. */ |
25012 | 4281 while (i < stop) |
4282 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4283 int can_skip_p = 1; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4284 |
25012 | 4285 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4286 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4287 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4288 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4289 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4290 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4291 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4292 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4293 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4294 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4295 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4296 int left, right; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4297 |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4298 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4299 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4300 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4301 } |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4302 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4303 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4304 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4305 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4306 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4307 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4308 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4309 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4310 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4311 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4312 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4313 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4314 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4315 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4316 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4317 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4318 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4319 taken care of by x_draw_glyphs. */ |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4320 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4321 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4322 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4323 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4324 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4325 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4326 int left, right; |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4327 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4328 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4329 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4330 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4331 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4332 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4333 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4334 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4335 } |
25012 | 4336 } |
4337 } | |
4338 | |
4339 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row | |
4340 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4341 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4342 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4343 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4344 { | |
4345 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4346 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4347 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4348 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4349 |
25012 | 4350 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4351 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4352 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4353 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4354 && x == current_x) |
4355 { | |
4356 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4357 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4358 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4359 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4360 } |
4361 | |
4362 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4363 { | |
4364 i = start_hpos; | |
4365 x = start_x; | |
4366 desired_glyph = start; | |
4367 break; | |
4368 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4369 |
25012 | 4370 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4371 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4372 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4373 } |
4374 } | |
4375 | |
4376 /* Write the rest. */ | |
4377 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4378 { | |
4379 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4380 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4381 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4382 } |
4383 | |
4384 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ | |
4385 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4386 { | |
4387 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4388 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4389 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4390 appropriately above. */ | |
4391 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4392 } | |
4393 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4394 { | |
4395 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4396 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4397 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4398 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4399 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4400 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4401 } |
4402 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4403 { | |
4404 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4405 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4406 int x; | |
4407 | |
4408 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4409 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
4410 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
4411 | |
4412 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4413 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4414 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4415 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4416 this way. */ | |
4417 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4418 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4419 { | |
4420 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4421 x = -1; | |
4422 } | |
4423 else | |
4424 x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
4425 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4426 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4427 } |
4428 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4429 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4430 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4431 } |
4432 | |
4433 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4434 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4435 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4436 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4437 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4438 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4439 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4440 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4441 { |
4442 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4443 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4444 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4445 |
4446 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4447 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4448 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4449 | |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4450 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4451 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4452 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4453 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4454 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4455 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4456 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4457 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4458 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4459 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4460 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4461 && !NILP (w->left_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4462 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4463 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4464 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4465 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4466 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4467 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4468 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4469 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4470 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4471 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4472 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4473 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4474 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4475 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4476 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4477 && !NILP (w->right_margin_width)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4478 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4479 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4480 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4481 } |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4482 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4483 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4484 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4485 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4486 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4487 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4488 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4489 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4490 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4491 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4492 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4493 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4494 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4495 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4496 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4497 } |
25012 | 4498 |
4499 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ | |
4500 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4501 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4502 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4503 } |
4504 | |
4505 | |
4506 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4507 be called from update_window. */ | |
4508 | |
4509 static void | |
4510 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4511 struct window *w; | |
4512 { | |
4513 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
4514 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4515 | |
4516 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4517 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4518 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4519 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4520 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4521 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4522 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4523 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4524 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4525 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4526 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4527 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4528 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4529 { | |
4530 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4531 | |
4532 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4533 { | |
4534 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4535 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4536 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4537 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4538 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4539 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4540 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4541 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4542 last_row = NULL; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4543 for (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0); |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4544 row->enabled_p; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4545 ++row) |
25012 | 4546 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4547 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4548 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4549 last_row = row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4550 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4551 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4552 break; |
25012 | 4553 } |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4554 |
25012 | 4555 if (last_row) |
4556 { | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4557 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4558 struct glyph *last = start + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4559 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4560 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4561 --last; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4562 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4563 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4564 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4565 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4566 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4567 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4568 |
25012 | 4569 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4570 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4571 } |
4572 } | |
4573 } | |
4574 else | |
4575 { | |
4576 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4577 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4578 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4579 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4580 } | |
4581 | |
4582 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4583 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4584 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4585 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4586 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4587 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4588 } | |
4589 | |
4590 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4591 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4592 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4593 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4594 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4595 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4596 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4597 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4598 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4599 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4600 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4601 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4602 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4603 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4604 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4605 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4606 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4607 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4608 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4609 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4610 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4611 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4612 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4613 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4614 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4615 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4616 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4617 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4618 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4619 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4620 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4621 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4622 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4623 int old_uses, new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4624 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4625 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4626 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4627 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4628 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4629 int bucket; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4631 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4635 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4637 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4640 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4644 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4645 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4646 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4647 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4649 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4651 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4652 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4654 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4655 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4658 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4660 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4663 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4664 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 static struct row_entry *add_row_entry P_ ((struct window *, |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4672 struct glyph_row *)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4673 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4675 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4676 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4677 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4678 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4679 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4680 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4681 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4682 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4683 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4684 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4685 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4686 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4687 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4688 entry = entry->next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4690 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4695 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4696 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4697 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4698 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4699 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4700 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4701 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4702 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4703 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4704 |
25012 | 4705 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
25546 | 4706 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a top mode line. |
25012 | 4707 |
4708 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4709 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4710 O(N) time. | |
4711 | |
4712 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4713 | |
4714 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4715 | |
4716 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4717 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4718 | |
4719 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4720 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4721 | |
4722 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4723 forward and backward. | |
4724 | |
4725 Value is | |
4726 | |
4727 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4728 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4729 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4730 | |
4731 static int | |
25546 | 4732 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4733 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4734 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4735 { |
4736 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4737 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4738 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4739 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4740 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4741 struct row_entry *entry; |
25012 | 4742 |
4743 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4744 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4745 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4746 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4747 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4748 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4749 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4750 && d->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4751 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4752 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4753 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4754 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4755 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4756 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4757 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4758 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4759 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4760 break; |
25012 | 4761 } |
4762 | |
4763 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4764 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4765 return -1; | |
4766 | |
4767 first_old = first_new = i; | |
4768 | |
4769 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4770 desired matrix. */ | |
4771 i = first_new + 1; | |
4772 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4773 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4774 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4775 ++i; |
4776 | |
4777 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4778 return 0; | |
4779 | |
4780 last_new = i; | |
4781 | |
4782 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4783 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4784 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4785 disabled. */ | |
4786 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4787 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4788 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4789 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4790 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4791 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4792 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4793 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4794 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4795 |
25012 | 4796 last_old = i; |
4797 | |
4798 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4799 i = last_new; | |
4800 j = last_old; | |
4801 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4802 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4803 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4804 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4805 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
4806 && row_equal_p (w, | |
4807 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4808 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4809 --i, --j; |
4810 last_new = i; | |
4811 last_old = j; | |
4812 | |
4813 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4814 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4815 return 0; | |
4816 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4817 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4818 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4819 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4820 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4821 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4822 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4823 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4824 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4825 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4826 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4827 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4828 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4829 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4830 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4831 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4832 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4833 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4834 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4835 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4836 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4837 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4838 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4839 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4840 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4841 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4842 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4843 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4844 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4845 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4846 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4847 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4848 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4849 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4850 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4851 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4852 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4853 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4854 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4855 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4856 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4857 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4858 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4859 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4860 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4862 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4863 |
25012 | 4864 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4865 { | |
4866 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4867 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4868 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4869 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4870 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4871 } |
4872 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4873 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4874 } |
4875 | |
4876 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4877 { | |
4878 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4879 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4880 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4881 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4882 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4883 } |
4884 | |
4885 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4886 in both matrices. */ | |
4887 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4888 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4889 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4890 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4891 { |
4892 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4893 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4894 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4895 |
4896 /* Record move. */ | |
4897 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4898 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4899 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4900 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4901 run->nrows = 1; | |
4902 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4903 | |
4904 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4905 j = i - 1; | |
4906 k = new_line - 1; | |
4907 while (j > first_old | |
4908 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4909 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4910 { |
4911 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4912 --run->current_vpos; | |
4913 --run->desired_vpos; | |
4914 ++run->nrows; | |
4915 run->height += h; | |
4916 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4917 run->current_y -= h; | |
4918 --j, --k; | |
4919 } | |
4920 | |
4921 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4922 j = i + 1; | |
4923 k = new_line + 1; | |
4924 while (j < last_old | |
4925 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4926 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4927 { |
4928 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
4929 ++run->nrows; | |
4930 run->height += h; | |
4931 ++j, ++k; | |
4932 } | |
4933 | |
4934 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4935 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4936 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4937 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4938 case. */ | |
4939 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4940 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4941 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4942 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4943 runs[j] = run; | |
4944 ++nruns; | |
4945 | |
4946 i += run->nrows; | |
4947 } | |
4948 else | |
4949 ++i; | |
4950 | |
4951 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4952 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4953 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4954 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4955 | |
4956 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4957 | A | | B | | |
4958 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4959 | B | | A | | |
4960 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4961 | |
4962 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4963 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4964 | |
4965 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4966 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4967 { | |
4968 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4969 | |
4970 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4971 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4972 { | |
4973 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4974 | |
4975 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4976 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4977 { | |
4978 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
4979 | |
4980 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y | |
4981 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4982 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4983 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4984 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4985 p->nrows = 0; | |
4986 } | |
4987 } | |
4988 | |
4989 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
4990 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4991 { | |
4992 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4993 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4994 |
25012 | 4995 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4996 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4997 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4998 assign_row (to, from); |
4999 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5000 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5001 } |
5002 } | |
5003 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5004 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5005 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5006 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5007 |
25012 | 5008 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5009 return 1; | |
5010 } | |
5011 | |
5012 | |
5013 | |
5014 /************************************************************************ | |
5015 Frame-Based Updates | |
5016 ************************************************************************/ | |
5017 | |
5018 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
5019 | |
5020 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
5021 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
5022 should not be tried. | |
5023 | |
5024 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
5025 | |
5026 static int | |
5027 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
5028 struct frame *f; | |
5029 int force_p; | |
5030 int inhibit_id_p; | |
5031 { | |
5032 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
5033 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
5034 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
5035 int i; | |
314 | 5036 int pause; |
5037 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 5038 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 5039 |
5040 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 5041 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5042 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5043 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5044 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5045 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5046 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5047 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5048 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5049 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5050 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 5051 { |
5052 pause = 1; | |
5053 goto do_pause; | |
5054 } | |
5055 | |
25012 | 5056 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
314 | 5057 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
25012 | 5058 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
5059 |
493 | 5060 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 5061 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
5062 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
5063 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 5064 break; |
5065 | |
5066 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 5067 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
5068 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 5069 |
5070 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 5071 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
5072 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
5073 | |
5074 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
5075 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 5076 { |
25012 | 5077 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5078 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5079 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 5080 { |
5081 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
5082 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
5083 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
5084 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
5085 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
5086 if (outq > 900 | |
5087 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
5088 { | |
5089 fflush (stdout); | |
5090 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
5091 { | |
554 | 5092 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
5093 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 5094 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
25012 | 5095 * the outq count. */ |
314 | 5096 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
5097 #endif | |
5098 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
5099 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5100 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 5101 } |
5102 } | |
5103 } | |
5104 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5105 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5106 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5107 |
25012 | 5108 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 5109 } |
5110 } | |
25012 | 5111 |
764 | 5112 pause = (i < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 5113 |
5114 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
5115 if (!pause) | |
5116 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
5117 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 5118 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5119 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 5120 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5121 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5122 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5123 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5124 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 5125 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5126 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5127 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5128 { |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5129 int top = XINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5130 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5131 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5132 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5133 { |
25012 | 5134 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5135 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5136 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5137 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5138 } |
708 | 5139 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5140 { |
25012 | 5141 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5142 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5143 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5144 any text on it. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5145 row = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5146 do |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5147 { |
25012 | 5148 --row; |
5149 col = 0; | |
5150 | |
5151 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) | |
5152 { | |
5153 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5154 must be ignored here. */ | |
5155 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5156 row); | |
5157 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5158 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5159 | |
5160 while (last > start | |
5161 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5162 --last; | |
5163 | |
5164 col = last - start; | |
5165 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5166 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5167 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5168 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5169 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5170 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5171 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5172 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5173 if (row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5174 { |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5175 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5176 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5177 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5178 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5179 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5180 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5181 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5182 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5183 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5184 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 5185 } |
314 | 5186 else |
25012 | 5187 { |
5188 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5189 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5190 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5191 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5192 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5193 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5194 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5195 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5196 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5197 && w->cursor.vpos < XFASTINT (w->height)) |
25012 | 5198 { |
5199 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5200 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5201 | |
5202 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
5203 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width); | |
5204 | |
5205 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) - 1), 0); */ | |
5206 cursor_to (y, x); | |
5207 } | |
5208 } | |
314 | 5209 } |
5210 | |
5211 do_pause: | |
5212 | |
25012 | 5213 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5214 return pause; |
5215 } | |
5216 | |
25012 | 5217 |
5218 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5219 |
21514 | 5220 int |
764 | 5221 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5222 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5223 { |
5224 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5225 int window_size; | |
5226 int changed_lines; | |
764 | 5227 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
5228 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
5229 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5230 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5231 register int i; |
764 | 5232 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
25012 | 5233 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5234 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5235 | |
5236 if (!current_matrix) | |
5237 abort (); | |
5238 | |
5239 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5240 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5241 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5242 changed_lines = 0; |
5243 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
764 | 5244 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
5245 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); i++) | |
314 | 5246 { |
5247 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5248 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5249 return 0; |
25012 | 5250 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5251 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5252 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5253 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5254 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5255 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5256 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5257 } |
314 | 5258 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5259 { |
25012 | 5260 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5261 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5262 } |
314 | 5263 |
5264 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5265 { | |
5266 changed_lines++; | |
764 | 5267 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5268 } |
5269 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5270 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5271 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5272 } |
5273 | |
5274 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
25012 | 5275 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
764 | 5276 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)) |
314 | 5277 return 1; |
5278 | |
764 | 5279 window_size = (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5280 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5281 | |
5282 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
5283 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
764 | 5284 else if (memory_below_frame) |
314 | 5285 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5286 | |
5287 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5288 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5289 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5290 && (window_size >= |
5291 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
764 | 5292 FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5293 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5294 return 0; | |
5295 | |
25012 | 5296 if (window_size < 2) |
5297 return 0; | |
5298 | |
764 | 5299 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5300 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5301 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5302 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5303 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5304 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5305 | |
5306 return 0; | |
5307 } | |
25012 | 5308 |
5309 | |
5310 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5311 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5312 | |
5313 static int | |
5314 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5315 struct glyph *r; | |
5316 int len; | |
314 | 5317 { |
25012 | 5318 int i; |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5319 |
25012 | 5320 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5321 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5322 break; | |
5323 | |
5324 return i; | |
314 | 5325 } |
25012 | 5326 |
5327 | |
5328 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5329 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5330 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5331 |
5332 static int | |
25012 | 5333 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5334 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5335 { |
25012 | 5336 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5337 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
5338 | |
5339 while (p1 < end1 | |
5340 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5341 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5342 ++p1, ++p2; |
5343 | |
5344 return p1 - str1; | |
314 | 5345 } |
5346 | |
25012 | 5347 |
314 | 5348 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5349 |
314 | 5350 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5351 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH((f))]) |
314 | 5352 |
25012 | 5353 |
5354 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5355 | |
314 | 5356 static void |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5357 update_frame_line (f, vpos) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5358 struct frame *f; |
314 | 5359 int vpos; |
5360 { | |
25012 | 5361 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5362 int tem; |
5363 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5364 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5365 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5366 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5367 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5368 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5369 int write_spaces_p = must_write_spaces; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5370 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5371 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5372 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5373 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5374 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5375 |
5376 if (desired_row->inverse_p | |
5377 != (current_row->enabled_p && current_row->inverse_p)) | |
314 | 5378 { |
25012 | 5379 int n = current_row->enabled_p ? current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] : 0; |
5380 change_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos, vpos, n); | |
5381 current_row->enabled_p = 0; | |
314 | 5382 } |
5383 else | |
25012 | 5384 reassert_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos); |
5385 | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5386 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5387 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5388 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5389 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5390 { |
25012 | 5391 obody = 0; |
314 | 5392 olen = 0; |
5393 } | |
5394 else | |
5395 { | |
25012 | 5396 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5397 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5398 | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5399 if (!current_row->inverse_p) |
314 | 5400 { |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5401 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5402 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5403 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
314 | 5404 olen--; |
5405 } | |
5406 else | |
5407 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5408 /* For an inverse-video line, make sure it's filled with |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5409 spaces all the way to the frame edge so that the reverse |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5410 video extends all the way across. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5411 while (olen < FRAME_WIDTH (f) - 1) |
25012 | 5412 obody[olen++] = space_glyph; |
314 | 5413 } |
5414 } | |
5415 | |
25012 | 5416 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5417 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5418 current_row->inverse_p = desired_row->inverse_p; | |
5419 | |
5420 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5421 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5422 { |
5423 nlen = 0; | |
5424 goto just_erase; | |
5425 } | |
5426 | |
25012 | 5427 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5428 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5429 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5430 | |
5431 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5432 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5433 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5434 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5435 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5436 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5437 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5438 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5439 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5440 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5441 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5442 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5443 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5444 } |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5445 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5446 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5447 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5448 case but in the line below. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5449 if (nlen < FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5450 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5451 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5452 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5453 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5454 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5455 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5456 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5457 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5458 |
25012 | 5459 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5460 return; | |
5461 } | |
314 | 5462 |
5463 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5464 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
25012 | 5465 if (!desired_row->inverse_p) |
314 | 5466 { |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5467 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5468 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
314 | 5469 nlen--; |
5470 } | |
5471 else | |
5472 { | |
25012 | 5473 /* For an inverse-video line, give it extra trailing spaces all |
5474 the way to the frame edge so that the reverse video extends | |
5475 all the way across. */ | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5476 while (nlen < FRAME_WIDTH (f) - 1) |
25012 | 5477 nbody[nlen++] = space_glyph; |
314 | 5478 } |
5479 | |
5480 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
5481 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
5482 { | |
25012 | 5483 int i, j; |
5484 | |
5485 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5486 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5487 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5488 { | |
25012 | 5489 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5490 { |
25012 | 5491 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5492 j = i + 1; | |
5493 while (j < nlen | |
5494 && (j >= olen | |
5495 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5496 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5497 ++j; | |
5498 | |
5499 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ | |
314 | 5500 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5501 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5502 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5503 |
5504 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5505 } | |
5506 } | |
5507 | |
5508 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5509 if (olen > nlen) | |
5510 { | |
5511 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5512 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5513 } | |
5514 | |
25012 | 5515 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5516 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5517 return; |
5518 } | |
5519 | |
25012 | 5520 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5521 characters in a row. */ | |
5522 | |
314 | 5523 if (!olen) |
5524 { | |
25012 | 5525 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5526 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5527 if (write_spaces_p || desired_row->inverse_p) |
25012 | 5528 nsp = 0; |
5529 else | |
5530 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5531 | |
314 | 5532 if (nlen > nsp) |
5533 { | |
5534 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5535 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5536 } | |
5537 | |
764 | 5538 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5539 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5540 return; |
5541 } | |
5542 | |
5543 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5544 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5545 nsp = (desired_row->inverse_p || colored_spaces_p |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5546 ? 0 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5547 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5548 |
5549 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5550 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5551 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5552 |
5553 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5554 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5555 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5556 { |
5557 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5558 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5559 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5560 } |
5561 | |
5562 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5563 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5564 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5565 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5566 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5567 | |
5568 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5569 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5570 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5571 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5572 while (op1 > op2 |
5573 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5574 { |
5575 op1--; | |
5576 np1--; | |
5577 } | |
5578 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5579 | |
5580 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5581 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5582 Is it worth it? */ | |
5583 | |
5584 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5585 if (endmatch && tem | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5586 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5587 endmatch = 0; |
5588 | |
5589 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5590 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5591 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5592 Is it worth it? */ | |
5593 | |
5594 if (nsp != osp | |
5595 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5596 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5597 { |
5598 begmatch = 0; | |
5599 endmatch = 0; | |
5600 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5601 } | |
5602 | |
5603 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5604 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5605 | |
5606 if (osp > nsp) | |
5607 { | |
5608 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5609 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5610 } | |
5611 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5612 { | |
5613 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5614 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5615 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5616 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5617 { | |
5618 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5619 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5620 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5621 } | |
5622 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5623 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5624 } |
5625 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5626 | |
5627 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5628 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5629 { | |
5630 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5631 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5632 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5633 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5634 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5635 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5636 if (nlen == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
314 | 5637 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5638 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5639 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5640 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5641 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5642 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5643 { |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5644 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5645 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5646 } |
314 | 5647 } |
5648 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5649 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5650 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5651 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5652 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5653 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5654 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5655 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5656 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5657 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5658 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5659 |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5660 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5661 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5662 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5663 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5664 out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5665 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5666 |
25012 | 5667 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5668 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5669 if (del > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5670 delete_glyphs (del); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5671 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5672 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5673 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5674 olen = nlen; |
5675 } | |
5676 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5677 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5678 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
314 | 5679 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
5680 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5681 olen = nlen; | |
5682 } | |
5683 } | |
5684 | |
5685 just_erase: | |
5686 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5687 if (olen > nlen) | |
5688 { | |
5689 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5690 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5691 } | |
5692 | |
764 | 5693 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5694 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5695 } |
25012 | 5696 |
5697 | |
314 | 5698 |
25012 | 5699 /*********************************************************************** |
5700 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5701 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5702 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5703 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5704 Return in *OBJECT the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5705 Return in *POS the position in that object. Adjust *X and *Y |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5706 to character boundaries. */ |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5707 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5708 void |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5709 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y, object, pos) |
25012 | 5710 struct window *w; |
5711 int *x, *y; | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5712 Lisp_Object *object; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5713 struct display_pos *pos; |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5714 { |
25012 | 5715 struct it it; |
5716 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5717 struct text_pos startp; | |
5718 int left_area_width; | |
5719 | |
5720 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5721 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5722 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5723 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5724 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
5725 | |
5726 left_area_width = WINDOW_DISPLAY_LEFT_AREA_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); | |
5727 move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, | |
5728 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
5729 | |
5730 *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; | |
5731 *y = it.current_y; | |
5732 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5733 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5734 *object = STRINGP (it.string) ? it.string : w->buffer; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5735 *pos = it.current; |
25012 | 5736 } |
5737 | |
5738 | |
5739 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
5740 mode or top line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero | |
5741 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in | |
5742 the string returned. */ | |
5743 | |
5744 Lisp_Object | |
5745 mode_line_string (w, x, y, mode_line_p, charpos) | |
5746 struct window *w; | |
30713
fee809f81f97
(mode_line_string): Declare parameter MODE_LINE_P.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30323
diff
changeset
|
5747 int x, y, mode_line_p; |
25012 | 5748 int *charpos; |
5749 { | |
5750 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5751 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
5752 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
5753 int x0; | |
5754 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
5755 | |
5756 if (mode_line_p) | |
5757 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); | |
5758 else | |
25546 | 5759 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 5760 |
5761 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5762 { |
25012 | 5763 /* The mode lines are displayed over scroll bars and bitmap |
5764 areas, and X is window-relative. Correct X by the scroll bar | |
5765 and bitmap area width. */ | |
5766 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) | |
5767 x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
25459
293b78b9ff60
(mode_line_string): Add FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25385
diff
changeset
|
5768 x += FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
25012 | 5769 |
5770 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, | |
5771 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5772 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5773 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5774 for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
5775 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
5776 { | |
5777 string = glyph->object; | |
5778 *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
5779 break; | |
5780 } | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5781 } |
25012 | 5782 |
5783 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5784 } |
25012 | 5785 |
5786 | |
5787 /*********************************************************************** | |
5788 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5789 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5790 |
5791 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5792 |
493 | 5793 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5794 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5795 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5796 { |
5797 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5798 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5799 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5800 #endif |
314 | 5801 int old_errno = errno; |
5802 | |
764 | 5803 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
314 | 5804 |
764 | 5805 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
5806 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
314 | 5807 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
764 | 5808 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
314 | 5809 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
5810 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
5811 | |
5812 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5813 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5814 |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5815 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5816 { |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5817 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
314 | 5818 { |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5819 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
314 | 5820 break; |
5821 } | |
5822 } | |
5823 } | |
5824 | |
5825 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
5826 errno = old_errno; | |
5827 } | |
5828 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5829 | |
5830 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5831 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5832 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5833 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5834 |
21514 | 5835 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5836 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5837 int safe; |
314 | 5838 { |
5839 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5840 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5841 return; |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5842 |
314 | 5843 while (delayed_size_change) |
5844 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5845 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5846 |
5847 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5848 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5849 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5850 { |
25012 | 5851 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5852 |
764 | 5853 int height = FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f); |
5854 int width = FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f); | |
314 | 5855 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5856 if (height != 0 || width != 0) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5857 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5858 } |
5859 } | |
5860 } | |
5861 | |
5862 | |
764 | 5863 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5864 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5865 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5866 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5867 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5868 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5869 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5870 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5871 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5872 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5873 |
21514 | 5874 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5875 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5876 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5877 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5878 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5879 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5880 |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5881 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5882 { |
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5883 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5884 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5885 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5886 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5887 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5888 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5889 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5890 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5891 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5892 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5893 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5894 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5895 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5896 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5897 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 5898 { |
16256
1ce0cb94fa68
(preserve_other_columns, preserve_my_columns): Use new
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16195
diff
changeset
|
5899 int new_frame_window_width; |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5900 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5901 |
314 | 5902 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5903 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5904 { |
25012 | 5905 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5906 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = newwidth; | |
314 | 5907 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5908 return; | |
5909 } | |
5910 | |
764 | 5911 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
25012 | 5912 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
5913 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = 0; | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5914 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5915 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5916 if (newheight == 0) |
25012 | 5917 newheight = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5918 if (newwidth == 0) |
25012 | 5919 newwidth = FRAME_WIDTH (f); |
5920 | |
5921 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5922 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
5923 new_frame_window_width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH_ARG (f, newwidth); | |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5924 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5925 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5926 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5927 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5928 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
25012 | 5929 if (newheight == FRAME_HEIGHT (f) |
5930 && new_frame_window_width == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) | |
314 | 5931 return; |
5932 | |
15078 | 5933 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5934 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5935 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5936 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5937 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5938 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5939 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5940 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5941 |
25012 | 5942 if (newheight != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)) |
314 | 5943 { |
25012 | 5944 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5945 { |
25012 | 5946 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
5947 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
5948 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); | |
5949 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5950 (newheight | |
5951 - 1 | |
5952 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
5953 0); | |
5954 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5955 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5956 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5957 } |
5958 else | |
764 | 5959 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5960 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
5961 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
5962 | |
5963 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5964 FrameRows = newheight; |
314 | 5965 } |
5966 | |
25012 | 5967 if (new_frame_window_width != FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
314 | 5968 { |
25012 | 5969 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); |
5970 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) | |
5971 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); | |
5972 | |
5973 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
764 | 5974 FrameCols = newwidth; |
25012 | 5975 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5976 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5977 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->width, newwidth); |
314 | 5978 } |
5979 | |
25012 | 5980 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
5981 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, newwidth); | |
5982 | |
5983 { | |
5984 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
5985 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
5986 | |
5987 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, | |
5988 &text_area_height); | |
5989 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
5990 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
5991 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
5992 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
5993 } | |
5994 | |
5995 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
5996 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
5997 calculate_costs (f); | |
15065 | 5998 |
5999 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6000 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6001 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6002 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6003 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 6004 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
6005 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer); | |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6006 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6007 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 6008 } |
25012 | 6009 |
6010 | |
314 | 6011 |
25012 | 6012 /*********************************************************************** |
6013 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
6014 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6015 | |
6016 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
6017 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", | |
6018 "Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal.\n\ | |
6019 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open.") | |
6020 (file) | |
6021 Lisp_Object file; | |
6022 { | |
6023 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
6024 termscript = 0; | |
6025 | |
6026 if (! NILP (file)) | |
6027 { | |
6028 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
6029 termscript = fopen (XSTRING (file)->data, "w"); | |
6030 if (termscript == 0) | |
6031 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
6032 } | |
6033 return Qnil; | |
6034 } | |
6035 | |
6036 | |
314 | 6037 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
6038 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, | |
6039 "Send STRING to the terminal without alteration.\n\ | |
6040 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects.") | |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6041 (string) |
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6042 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 6043 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
6044 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6045 CHECK_STRING (string, 0); |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6046 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), stdout); |
314 | 6047 fflush (stdout); |
6048 if (termscript) | |
6049 { | |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6050 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), |
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6051 termscript); |
314 | 6052 fflush (termscript); |
6053 } | |
6054 return Qnil; | |
6055 } | |
6056 | |
25012 | 6057 |
314 | 6058 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
6059 "Beep, or flash the screen.\n\ | |
6060 Also, unless an argument is given,\n\ | |
6061 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing.") | |
6062 (arg) | |
6063 Lisp_Object arg; | |
6064 { | |
493 | 6065 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6066 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6067 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6068 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6069 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6070 ring_bell (); |
314 | 6071 fflush (stdout); |
6072 } | |
6073 else | |
6074 bitch_at_user (); | |
6075 | |
6076 return Qnil; | |
6077 } | |
6078 | |
21514 | 6079 void |
314 | 6080 bitch_at_user () |
6081 { | |
6082 if (noninteractive) | |
6083 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6084 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6085 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6086 else | |
6087 ring_bell (); | |
6088 fflush (stdout); | |
6089 } | |
6090 | |
25012 | 6091 |
6092 | |
6093 /*********************************************************************** | |
6094 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6095 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6096 | |
314 | 6097 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6098 "Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds.\n\ |
2648 | 6099 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
6100 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
6101 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
6102 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
6103 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)") | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6104 (seconds, milliseconds) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6105 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6106 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6107 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6108 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6109 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6110 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6111 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6112 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
2648 | 6113 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6114 | |
6115 { | |
6116 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6117 sec = (int) duration; | |
6118 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6119 } | |
314 | 6120 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6121 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6122 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6123 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6124 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6125 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6126 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6127 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6128 { |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6129 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if user is negative. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6130 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6131 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6132 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6133 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6134 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6135 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6136 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6137 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6138 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6139 return Qnil; |
6140 | |
650 | 6141 { |
6142 Lisp_Object zero; | |
6143 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6144 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 6145 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
6146 } | |
587 | 6147 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6148 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6149 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6150 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6151 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 6152 immediate_quit = 1; |
6153 QUIT; | |
6154 | |
6155 #ifdef VMS | |
6156 sys_sleep (sec); | |
6157 #else /* not VMS */ | |
6158 /* The reason this is done this way | |
6159 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) | |
6160 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined' */ | |
6161 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT | |
554 | 6162 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
6163 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 6164 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
554 | 6165 |
314 | 6166 while (1) |
6167 { | |
554 | 6168 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
6169 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
6170 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
6171 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 6172 break; |
6173 } | |
6174 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6175 sleep (sec); | |
6176 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6177 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
6178 | |
6179 immediate_quit = 0; | |
6180 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
6181 | |
6182 return Qnil; | |
6183 } | |
6184 | |
25012 | 6185 |
650 | 6186 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
6187 it does the redisplay. | |
6188 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
6189 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
6190 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 6191 |
6192 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6193 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6194 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 6195 { |
650 | 6196 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 6197 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6198 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6199 |
14757
99125e1e8bac
(sit_for): Pass DISPLAY to detect_input_pending_run_timers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14646
diff
changeset
|
6200 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display)) |
314 | 6201 return Qnil; |
650 | 6202 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6203 if (initial_display) |
35336
002c02db42d3
Call redisplay_preserve_echo_area with additional arg.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35307
diff
changeset
|
6204 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
314 | 6205 |
673 | 6206 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
6207 return Qt; | |
6208 | |
314 | 6209 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6210 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6211 #endif |
6212 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6213 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 6214 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
6215 | |
314 | 6216 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6217 } | |
6218 | |
25012 | 6219 |
650 | 6220 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6221 "Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available.\n\ |
2648 | 6222 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
6223 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
6224 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
6225 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
6226 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)\n\ | |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6227 Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input.\n\ |
650 | 6228 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen\n\ |
6229 if input is available before it starts.\n\ | |
6230 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving.") | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6231 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6232 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 6233 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6234 int sec, usec; |
650 | 6235 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6236 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6237 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6238 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6239 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
2648 | 6240 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6241 | |
6242 { | |
6243 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6244 sec = (int) duration; | |
6245 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6246 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6247 |
650 | 6248 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6249 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6250 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6251 #endif |
6252 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6253 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6254 } |
25012 | 6255 |
6256 | |
314 | 6257 |
25012 | 6258 /*********************************************************************** |
6259 Other Lisp Functions | |
6260 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6261 | |
6262 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6263 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6264 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6265 add length checks). */ | |
6266 | |
6267 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6268 | |
6269 | |
6270 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
6271 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, | |
6272 "Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed.\n\ | |
6273 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers,\n\ | |
6274 aside from buffers whose names start with space,\n\ | |
6275 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast\n\ | |
6276 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed.\n\ | |
6277 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect\n\ | |
6278 the current state.\n") | |
6279 () | |
6280 { | |
6281 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6282 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6283 int n; | |
6284 | |
6285 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6286 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6287 { | |
6288 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6289 goto changed; | |
6290 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6291 goto changed; | |
6292 } | |
6293 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6294 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6295 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6296 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6297 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6298 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6299 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6300 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
6301 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
6302 continue; | |
6303 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6304 goto changed; | |
6305 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6306 goto changed; | |
6307 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6308 goto changed; | |
6309 } | |
6310 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6311 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6312 return Qnil; | |
6313 changed: | |
6314 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6315 n = 1; | |
6316 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6317 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6318 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6319 n += 3; |
6320 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6321 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6322 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6323 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6324 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6325 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6326 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6327 { | |
6328 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6329 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6330 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6331 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6332 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6333 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6334 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
6335 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
6336 continue; | |
6337 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6338 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6339 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6340 } | |
6341 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6342 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6343 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6344 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6345 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6346 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6347 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6348 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6349 abort (); | |
6350 return Qt; | |
6351 } | |
6352 | |
6353 | |
6354 | |
6355 /*********************************************************************** | |
6356 Initialization | |
6357 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6358 | |
314 | 6359 char *terminal_type; |
6360 | |
25012 | 6361 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
6362 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6363 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6364 |
21514 | 6365 void |
314 | 6366 init_display () |
6367 { | |
6368 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
6369 extern int display_arg; | |
6370 #endif | |
6371 | |
25012 | 6372 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6373 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6374 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6375 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6376 | |
314 | 6377 meta_key = 0; |
6378 inverse_video = 0; | |
6379 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6380 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6381 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6382 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6383 during startup. */ |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6384 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6385 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6386 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6387 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6388 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6389 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6390 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6391 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6392 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6393 |
6394 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6395 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6396 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6397 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6398 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6399 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6400 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6401 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6402 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6403 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6404 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6405 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6406 |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6407 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6408 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6409 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6410 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6411 ) |
314 | 6412 { |
6413 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
6414 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
6415 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6416 #else | |
6417 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6418 #endif | |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6419 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6420 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6421 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6422 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6423 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6424 #endif |
25012 | 6425 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6426 return; |
6427 } | |
6428 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6429 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6430 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6431 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6432 { |
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6433 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6434 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6435 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6436 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6437 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6438 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6439 |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6440 #ifdef macintosh |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6441 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6442 { |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6443 Vwindow_system = intern ("mac"); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6444 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6445 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6446 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6447 } |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6448 #endif /* macintosh */ |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6449 |
314 | 6450 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6451 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6452 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6453 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6454 exit (1); |
6455 } | |
6456 | |
6457 /* Look at the TERM variable */ | |
6458 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); | |
6459 if (!terminal_type) | |
6460 { | |
6461 #ifdef VMS | |
6462 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6463 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6464 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6465 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6466 #else | |
6467 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6468 #endif | |
6469 exit (1); | |
6470 } | |
6471 | |
6472 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6473 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6474 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6475 { | |
6476 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6477 char *p; | |
6478 | |
6479 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6480 | |
6481 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6482 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6483 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6484 | |
6485 terminal_type = new; | |
6486 } | |
25012 | 6487 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6488 |
6489 term_init (terminal_type); | |
25012 | 6490 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6491 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6492 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6493 int width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (sf); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6494 int height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6495 |
25012 | 6496 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6497 | |
6498 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6499 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6500 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6501 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6502 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6503 |
25012 | 6504 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6505 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6506 |
6507 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6508 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6509 if (initialized) | |
6510 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6511 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6512 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6513 |
6514 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6515 if (initialized | |
6516 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6517 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6518 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6519 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6520 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6521 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6522 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6523 #endif |
25012 | 6524 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6525 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6526 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6527 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6528 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6529 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6530 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6531 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6532 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6533 } |
314 | 6534 } |
25012 | 6535 |
6536 | |
314 | 6537 |
25012 | 6538 /*********************************************************************** |
6539 Blinking cursor | |
6540 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6541 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6542 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6543 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6544 "Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW.\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6545 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6546 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means\n\ |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6547 don't show a cursor.") |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6548 (window, show) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6549 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6550 { |
6551 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6552 output routines. */ | |
6553 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6554 { | |
6555 if (NILP (window)) | |
6556 window = selected_window; | |
6557 else | |
6558 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); | |
6559 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6560 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6561 } |
6562 | |
6563 return Qnil; | |
6564 } | |
6565 | |
6566 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6567 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6568 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
26499
10af169a628b
(Finternal_show_cursor_p): Fix doc string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26334
diff
changeset
|
6569 "Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW.\n\ |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6570 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window.") |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6571 (window) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6572 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6573 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6574 struct window *w; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6575 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6576 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6577 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6578 else |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6579 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6580 |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6581 w = XWINDOW (window); |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6582 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6583 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6584 |
25012 | 6585 |
6586 /*********************************************************************** | |
6587 Initialization | |
6588 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6589 | |
21514 | 6590 void |
314 | 6591 syms_of_display () |
6592 { | |
764 | 6593 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6594 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6595 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6596 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6597 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6598 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6599 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6600 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6601 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6602 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6603 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6604 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6605 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6606 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6607 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6608 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6609 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6610 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6611 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6612 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6613 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6614 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6615 |
314 | 6616 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
7926
b87f2c705501
(syms_of_display): Make baud-rate a user var.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7900
diff
changeset
|
6617 "*The output baud rate of the terminal.\n\ |
314 | 6618 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding\n\ |
6619 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay."); | |
25012 | 6620 |
314 | 6621 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
764 | 6622 "*Non-nil means invert the entire frame display.\n\ |
314 | 6623 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be."); |
25012 | 6624 |
314 | 6625 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
764 | 6626 "*Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell."); |
25012 | 6627 |
314 | 6628 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
764 | 6629 "*Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending.\n\ |
314 | 6630 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve\n\ |
764 | 6631 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs.\n\ |
314 | 6632 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that."); |
25012 | 6633 |
314 | 6634 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
6635 "A symbol naming the window-system under which Emacs is running\n\ | |
6636 \(such as `x'), or nil if emacs is running on an ordinary terminal."); | |
25012 | 6637 |
314 | 6638 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
6639 "The version number of the window system in use.\n\ | |
6640 For X windows, this is 10 or 11."); | |
25012 | 6641 |
314 | 6642 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
6643 "Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there."); | |
25012 | 6644 |
314 | 6645 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
764 | 6646 "Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame.\n\ |
314 | 6647 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph.\n\ |
6648 Each element can be:\n\ | |
6649 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for.\n\ | |
6650 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows).\n\ | |
36590
a7e858c0a674
(syms_of_display) <glyph-table>: Doc fix.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36392
diff
changeset
|
6651 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output,\n\ |
a7e858c0a674
(syms_of_display) <glyph-table>: Doc fix.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36392
diff
changeset
|
6652 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use\n\ |
a7e858c0a674
(syms_of_display) <glyph-table>: Doc fix.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36392
diff
changeset
|
6653 while outputting it."); |
314 | 6654 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6655 | |
6656 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, | |
6657 "Display table to use for buffers that specify none.\n\ | |
6658 See `buffer-display-table' for more information."); | |
6659 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; | |
6660 | |
25012 | 6661 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
6662 "*Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected."); | |
6663 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; | |
6664 | |
314 | 6665 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6666 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6667 if (noninteractive) | |
6668 #endif | |
6669 { | |
6670 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6671 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6672 } | |
6673 } |